Post on 16-Apr-2018
PRODUCT DATA SHEETSCUSTOM COATINGS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
USCOATINGS.COM
314.205.1500 // St. Louis, Missouri
ABOUT U.S. COATINGSWe offer a range of solutions designed to fit the needs of
our customers. Whether that means coatings, linings or
OEM, we have the experience to devise custom applications
tailored to the task at hand. We pride ourselves on working
closely with our customers to find solutions that work for
them, no matter the project.
2
TABLE OF CONTENTSZINC PRIMERS ........................................................................................... 4
EPOXY PRIMERS & FINISHES .................................................................. 11
POLYURETHANE FINISHES ...................................................................... 60
HIGH TEMPERATURE COATINGS ............................................................. 87
ACRYLICS-WATER BASED ....................................................................... 98
LININGS ................................................................................................. 117
ALKYD & SILOXANE COATINGS ............................................................ 162
3
ZINC PRIMERS
ZINC PRIMERS
4
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
ZincGard®
1000
Inorganic Zinc Silicate
Features
• Provides outstanding galvanic protection
• Meets Class “B” slip co-efficient and creep resistance criteria for
use on bolted connection faying surfaces
• Excellent throwing power
• High zinc loading
• Outstanding undercutting resistance
• VOC Compliant
• Rapid cure
• Damage resistant film
• Very smooth cured film
• Indefinite recoat window
• May be used as a pre-construction primer
ZincGard 1000 is a spray applied galvanizing, pure zinc coating that provides
near permanent corrosion protection of steel as documented by the Federal
Highway Administration. This technology has provided 25+ years
documented field protection by the Federal Highway Administration.
ZincGard 1000 is excellent for application in industrial plants, costal, marine,
offshore, and freshwater environments. Used for structural steel, steel tanks,
offshore platforms, barges, refineries, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper
mills and other areas as recommended. May also be used untopcoated for
long-term corrosion protection as well as a tank lining for solvent immersion
service.
ZincGard 1000 meets Class “B” requirements for slip co-efficient and creep
resistance as set forth in the Specification for Structural Joints using A325 or
A490 Bolts, in accordance with Research Council on Structural Connections,
Appendix A.
Exceed requirements of SSPC-PS 12.00
Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 7200 hours
Plane blistering or rusting: none, very slight rust
Throwing Power: Protects 2 1/2 inch uncoated area when immersed in
synthetic sea salt.
Pencil Hardness (1 day high humidity cure): 5H
Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794)
Direct impact 160 in-lbs.
Temperature resistance (dry)
Continuous 750°F
Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 2708 psi
Theoretical volume solids of
mixed material (ASTM D 2697) 75% +2%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gal. (1 mil) 1200 sq. ft
Zinc in dry film by weight 87%
Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 2.8 lbs./gal.
339 g/l
Reducer 1 @ 1 pint/gal. 3.3 lbs./gal.
399 g/l
Reducer 2 @ 1 pint/gal. 3.3 lbs./gal.
399 g/l
Reducer 6 @ 1 pint/gal. 2.8 lbs./gal.
339 g/l
As a preconstruction primer
Reducer 2 @ 2 quarts/gal. 4.3 lbs./gal.
520 g/l
ZincGard 1000 is applied directly to properly prepared steel as the primer.
Direct contact with the steel substrate is required to provide optimal galvanic
protection to the underlying steel surface.
ZincGard 1000 prevents rusting of steel in a corrosive environment with a pH
range of 5 to 9.
Splash &
Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes
Acidic NR Good* Excellent*
Alkaline NR Good* Excellent*
Solvents Excellent Excellent Excellent
Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
NR=Not Recommended
*With suitable topcoat
Dry film thickness: 2 to 4 mils
As a preconstruction primer - Dry film thickness: ¾ mil
Wet film thickness: 4 to 6 mils
Theoretical Coverage: 400 sq. ft. @ 3 mils
As a preconstruction primer – Theoretical Coverage: 1600 sq. ft @ ¾ mil
Note: Film thickness exceeding 6 mils DFT may result in mudcracking.
ZincGard 1000 is a porous primer, which provides galvanic protection of the
steel. The porosity must be considered when topcoating ZincGard 1000.
EpoxyGrip 2000 and UreGrip 3300 are formulated to release the entrapped air
in the primer during application. These topcoats are applied by thinning to
their maximum recommended level and applying a uniform mist coat
approximately 1/3 the recommended thickness. The mist coat is allowed to
flash dry at which time the remaining thickness is applied. Consult SSPC-PS
Guide 8.00 for topcoating zinc-rich primers.
5
ZincGard® 1000
Rev. 10/21/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
ZincGard 1000 is supplied as a yellow Part A, which, when mixed with the
zinc dust, produces a dark green color contrasting with gray blasted steel. The
gloss is a matte finish.
Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal.
Part A .73 gal. 3.65 gal.
ZincGard Filler 16 lbs. 80 lbs.
Shipping weights (approx.)
ZincGard 1000 kit 24 lbs. 120 lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal.
Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs.
Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs.
Reducer 6 8 lbs 40 lbs
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A 58°F
Reducer 1 53°F
Reducer 2 113°F
Reducer 6 62°F
Shelf Life: 6 months for the Part A and 3 years for the Zinc Filler when
stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
Remove oil and grease from the steel surface with solvent or a commercial
cleaner, which does not leave a residue, according to SSPC-SP1. Abrasive
blast to a Commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1-3 mil blast profile.
For immersion and high temperature service, abrasive blast to a Near-white
finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain a 1-3 mil blast profile.
Power mix Part A component, then slowly blend ZincGard Filler into the Part
A and mix until uniform. Avoid forming a dust cloud while adding powder.
Do not mix partial kits.
1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit
ZincGard 1000 Part A .73 gallons 3.65 gallons
ZincGard Filler 16 pounds 80 pounds
Note: The Part A forms a soft crust on the surface, which is readily dispersed
with power mixing. After mixing in the zinc filler, strain through a wire
screen or cheesecloth.
Thinning is not required for most applications. However ZincGard 1000 may
be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for application
temperatures below 70°F and Reducer 2 is recommended for application
temperatures above 70°F. Reducer 6 is recommended at up to 1 quart/gal for
applications requiring 2.8lbs/gal. VOC. For preconstruction primer, thin up to
2 quarts/gal.
Eight hours at 75°F and less at higher temperatures. Moisture contamination
will reduce the pot-life.
Material Surface Ambient Minimum 40°F 0°F 0°F
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. ZincGard 1000 should be applied to a dry surface. However,
condensation formed after the coating has dried will accelerate the cure.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC gun with 2E
or 704E cap, or a Binks18 gun with a 66SSx67PB nozzle setup having a
double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 “ I.D. minimum material hose, 50’
maximum material hose length are recommended. Moisture traps are
recommended to keep moisture out of the mixed ZincGard 1000. An agitated
pressure pot is recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such a Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .017-
.021 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush and roller: Use medium bristle brush and short nap roller for touchup
and small areas only.
The following minimum times are based on a 3 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface
Temperature To Handle To Topcoat
40°F 4 hrs. 3 days
50°F 3 hrs. 2 days
60°F 2 hrs. 1 day
70°F 1 hr. 12 hrs.
80°F 30 min. 6 hrs.
90°F 15 min. 3 hrs.
Topcoat times are based on a minimum relative humidity of 50%. Lower
humidity conditions required longer cure times.
Surface
Temperature Immersion*
50°F 7 days
60°F 4 days
70°F 2 days
80°F . 1 day
*To achieve complete cure before immersion, the relative humidity is
recommended to be above 80%
Cleanup with Reducer 1, Reducer 2 or Reducer 6.
6
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
ZincGard®
1500
Epoxy Zinc-Rich
Features High load epoxy zinc primer Provides excellent galvanic protection Meets Class “B” slip co-efficient and creep resistance criteria for
use on bolted connection faying surfaces Excellent undercutting resistance VOC compliant Easy to topcoat Rapid and extended recoat windows Excellent adhesion to hand tool cleaned surfaces (SSPC-SP 11)
Typical Uses ZincGard 1500 epoxy zinc rich primer is a rapid recoat primer that provides excellent corrosion protection and undercutting protection.
Excellent for use in industrial, coastal, marine and freshwater environments. May be used on structural steel, steel tanks, offshore platforms, barges refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills and other areas as recommended. May also be used to field touch-up inorganic zinc and/or provide galvanic protection for properly prepared steel substrates.
Qualifications ZincGard 1500 meets Class “B” requirements for slip co-efficient and creep resistance as set forth in the Specification for Structural Joints using A325 or A490 Bolts, in accordance with Research Council on Structural Connections, Appendix A. Exceed requirements of SSPC-PS 12.00
Performance Data Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 7200 hours Plane blistering or rusting: none
Physical Data Abrasion Resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg. Load, 1000 cycles weight loss CS 17 wheel 225 mg Impact Resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 80 in-lbs. Temperature resistance (dry) Continuous 250°F Non-continuous 300°F Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 3912 psi Theoretical volume solids of mixed material (ASTM D 2697) 66% +1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gal. (1 mil) 1060 sq. ft Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 2.4 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 @ 1 pint/gal. 3.3 lbs./gal. Reducer 2 @ 1 pint/gal. 3.3 lbs./gal. Zinc in dry film 80%
Resistance ZincGard 1500 prevents rusting of steel in a corrosive environment with a pH range of 5 to 9. Topcoats should be used for pH beyond these limits. When topcoated, ZincGard 1500 effectively reduces undercutting from a damaged area. The following is a guide to the proper selection: Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic NR Good* Excellent* Alkaline NR Good* Excellent* Solvents NR Good* Excellent* Salt water Excellent* Excellent* Excellent* Water Excellent* Excellent* Excellent* NR=Not Recommended *With suitable topcoat
Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 2 to 4 mils Wet film thickness: 4 to 6 mils Theoretical Coverage: 353 sq. ft. @ 3 mils
Substrates ZincGard 1500 is applied directly to properly prepared steel as the primer. Direct contact with the steel substrate is required to provide optimal galvanic protection to the underlying steel surface.
Topcoats ZincGard 1500 is an easy to coat primer using either an epoxy or urethane. EpoxyGrip 2000 is the recommended epoxy topcoat for a two-coat application. EpoxyGrip 2100 can be used as an intermediate coat when added protection is required. UreGrip 3300 is recommended as a direct topcoat to ZincGard 1500. UreGrip 3000 is recommended as the final coating over the epoxy or urethane intermediate when a high gloss finish is desired.
Color ZincGard 1500 is supplied as a yellow Part A, which, when mixed with the zinc dust, produces a dark green color contrasting with gray blasted steel. The gloss is a matte finish.
Shipping Data Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. ZincGard 1500 Part A .36 gals. 1.8 gals. ZincGard 1500 Part B .36 gals 1.8 gals. ZincGard Filler 16 lbs. 80 lbs. Shipping weights (approx.) ZincGard 1500 kit 25 lbs. 125 lbs. 1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 33°F Part B 81°F Reducer 1 53°F Reducer 2 113°F Shelf Life: 6 months for the Parts A and Part B with 1 years for the Zinc Filler when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
7
ZincGard® 1500
Rev. 7/16/16 CAUTI/ON: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
Phone 314-205-1800; Fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the steel surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue, according to SSPC-SP1. Abrasive blast to a Commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1-3 mil blast profile. For immersion, abrasive blast to a Near-white finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain a 1-3 mil blast profile. For field touch-up, prepare the substrate according to SSPC-SP 11.
Mixing Power mix Part A and Part B components, then slowly blend ZincGard Filler into the Part A and mix until uniform. Avoid forming a dust cloud while adding powder. Do not mix partial kits. 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit ZincGard 1500 Part A .36 gallons 1.8 gallons ZincGard 1500 Part B .36 gallons 1.8 gallons ZincGard Filler 16 pounds 80 pounds Note: The Part B forms a soft crust on the surface, which is readily dispersed with power mixing. After mixing in the zinc filler, strain through a wire screen or cheesecloth.
Thinning Thinning is not required for most applications. However, in hot windy conditions, ZincGard 1500 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for application temperatures below 70°F and Reducer 2 is recommended for application temperatures above 70 °F.
Pot Life Six hours at 75° and less at higher temperatures.
Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 50°F 50°F Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. ZincGard 1500 should be applied to a dry surface. Surface temperature should be 5°F above dew point.
Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC gun with 2E or 704E cap, or a Binks18 gun with a 66SSx67PB nozzle setup having a double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 “ I.D. minimum material hose, 50’ maximum material hose length are recommended. An agitated pressure pot is recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such a Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .017-.021 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush and roller: Use medium bristle brush and short nap roller for touchup and small areas only.
Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 3 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air ventilation increase drying times. Surface To Handle or Temperature To Touch To Topcoat 50°F 12 hrs. 32 hrs. 60°F 6 hrs. 16 hrs. 70°F 3 hr. 8 hrs. . 80°F 2 hrs. 5 hrs. 90°F 1 hr. 3 hrs. ZincGard 1500 can be applied in a wet-on-wet manner with either EpoxyGrip 2000 or EpoxyGrip 2100, which eliminates the dry time between coats.
Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2.
8
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
ZincGard®
1500 VOC
Epoxy Zinc-Rich
• High load epoxy zinc primer
• Provides excellent galvanic protection
• Meets Class “B” slip co-efficient and creep resistance criteria for
use on bolted connection faying surfaces
• Excellent undercutting resistance
• California VOC compliant
• Easy to topcoat
• Rapid and extended recoat windows
• Excellent adhesion to hand tool cleaned surfaces (SSPC-SP 11)
ZincGard 1500 VOC epoxy zinc rich primer is a rapid recoat primer that
provides excellent corrosion protection and undercutting protection.
Excellent for use in industrial, coastal, marine and freshwater environments.
May be used on structural steel, steel tanks, offshore platforms, barges
refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills and
other areas as recommended. May also be used to field touch-up inorganic
zinc and/or provide galvanic protection for properly prepared steel substrates.
ZincGard 1500 VOC meets Class “B” requirements for slip co-efficient and
creep resistance as set forth in the Specification for Structural Joints using
A325 or A490 Bolts, in accordance with Research Council on Structural
Connections, Appendix A.
Exceed requirements of SSPC-PS 12.00
Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 7200 hours
Plane blistering or rusting: none
Abrasion Resistance (ASTM D 4060)
1 kg. Load, 1000 cycles weight loss
CS 17 wheel 225 mg
Impact Resistance (ASTM D 2794)
Direct impact 80 in-lbs.
Temperature resistance (dry)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 3912 psi
Theoretical volume solids of
mixed material (ASTM D 2697) 70% +1%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gal. (1 mil) 1123 sq. ft
Volatile Organic Content
Unthinned 0.8 lbs./gal.
97 g/l
Reducer 6 0.8 lbs./gal.
97 g/l
Reducer 8 0.8 lbs./gal.
97
Zinc in dry film 80%
ZincGard 1500 VOC prevents rusting of steel in a corrosive environment with
a pH range of 5 to 9. Topcoats should be used for pH beyond these limits.
When topcoated, ZincGard 1500 VOC effectively reduces undercutting from a
damaged area. The following is a guide to the proper selection:
Splash &
Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes
Acidic NR Good* Excellent*
Alkaline NR Good* Excellent*
Solvents NR Good* Excellent*
Salt water Excellent* Excellent* Excellent*
Water Excellent* Excellent* Excellent*
NR=Not Recommended
*With suitable topcoat
Dry film thickness: 2 to 4 mils
Wet film thickness: 4 to 6 mils
Theoretical Coverage: 374 sq. ft. @ 3 mils
ZincGard 1500 VOC is applied directly to properly prepared steel as the
primer. Direct contact with the steel substrate is required to provide optimal
galvanic protection to the underlying steel surface.
ZincGard 1500 VOC is an easy to coat primer using either an epoxy or
urethane. EpoxyGrip 2000 is the recommended epoxy topcoat for a two-coat
application tie coat for a three coat application. MultiGrip 7000 XP VOC is
recommended as a direct topcoat to ZincGard 1500 VOC.
ZincGard 1500 VOC is supplied as a yellow Part A, which, when mixed with
the zinc dust, produces a dark green color contrasting with gray blasted steel.
The gloss is a matte finish.
Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal.
ZincGard 1500 Part A .36 gals. 1.8 gals.
ZincGard 1500 Part B .36 gals 1.8 gals.
ZincGard Filler 16 lbs. 80 lbs.
Shipping weights (approx.)
ZincGard 1500 kit 25 lbs. 125 lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal.
Reducer 6 8 lbs. 40 lbs.
Reducer 8 11 lbs. 55 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A 60°F
Part B 80°F
Reducer 6 60°F
Reducer 8 109°F
Shelf Life: 6 months for the Part A and Part B and 3 years for the Zinc Filler
when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
9
ZincGard® 1500 VOC
Rev. 9/20/16
CAUTI/ON: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1800; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the steel surface with solvent or a commercial
cleaner, which does not leave a residue, according to SSPC-SP1. Abrasive
blast to a Commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1-3 mil blast profile.
For immersion, abrasive blast to a Near-white finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain
a 1-3 mil blast profile. For field touch-up, prepare the substrate according to
SSPC-SP 11.
Power mix Part A and Part B components, then slowly blend ZincGard Filler
into the Part A and mix until uniform. Avoid forming a dust cloud while
adding powder. Do not mix partial kits.
1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit
ZincGard 1500 VOC Part. A .36 gallons 1.8 gallons
ZincGard 1500 Part. B .36 gallons 1.8 gallons
ZincGard Filler 16 pounds 80 pounds
Note: The Part B forms a soft crust on the surface, which is readily dispersed
with power mixing. After mixing in the zinc filler, strain through a wire
screen or cheesecloth.
Thinning is not required for most applications. However, in hot windy
conditions, ZincGard 1500 VOC may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 6
is recommended for application temperatures below 70°F and Reducer 8 is
recommended for application temperatures above 70 °F.
Six hours at 75° and less at higher temperatures.
Material Surface Ambient
Minimum 50°F 50°F 50°F
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. ZincGard 1500 VOC should be applied to a dry surface.
Surface temperature should be 5°F above dew point.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC gun with 2E
or 704E cap, or a Binks18 gun with a 66SSx67PB nozzle setup having a
double regulated pressure pot, 3/8 “ I.D. minimum material hose, 50’
maximum material hose length are recommended. An agitated pressure pot is
recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such a Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .017-
.021 tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush and roller: Use medium bristle brush and short nap roller for touchup
and small areas only.
The following minimum times are based on a 3 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air ventilation increase drying
times.
Surface To Handle or
Temperature To Touch To Topcoat 50°F 12 hrs. 32 hrs.
60°F 6 hrs. 16 hrs.
70°F 3 hr. 8 hrs. .
80°F 2 hrs. 5 hrs.
90°F 1 hr. 3 hrs.
Cleanup with MEK or Acetone
10
EPOXY PRIM-ERS & FINISHES
EPOXY PRIMERS & FINISHES
11
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
MasticGrip® 200
Coal Tar Epoxy Coating
• Outstanding immersion resistance to fresh and salt water
• Outstanding abrasion resistance
• Meets or exceeds SSPC-Paint 16 and C 210
• High Solids Formulation
• VOC compliant
• High build capabilities
• Excellent build on edges
• Single coat capability
• Excellent wetting and adhesion properties
• Good chemical resistance
• Application over hand tool cleaned substrates (SSPC-SP 11)
Typical Uses
MasticGrip 200 is used on structural steel, steel and concrete tank linings
recommended for immersion service, offshore platforms, barges, refineries,
petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, masonry
surfaces and other areas as recommended. MasticGrip 200 may be used as a
surface tolerant single coat system in mild duty applications.
Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint 16and Corp of Engineers C 210
performance requirements.
Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 3000 hours
Plane blistering or rusting: none
Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060)
1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss
CS 17 wheel 60 mg
Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794)
Direct impact 160 in-lbs.
Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 300 psi
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volume solids of
mixed material 74%+2%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1187 sq. ft.
Volatile Organic Content
Unthinned 2.0 lbs./gal.
242 g/l
Reducer 3 @ 1 pint/gal. 2.6 lbs./gal.
315 g/l
MasticGrip 200 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and
immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes
Dilute acid Excellent Excellent Excellent
Dilute alkali Excellent Excellent Excellent
Solvents Not recommended Poor Good
Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 8 to 16 mils
Wet film thickness: 11 to 21 mils
Theoretical coverage: 118 sq. ft. @ 10 mils DFT
Note: Two coats at 16 – 20 mils total dft normally recommended for
immersion service.
MasticGrip 200 can be applied over the following primers or directly to steel
or concrete as recommended. MasticGrip 200 should be applied to cured
ZincGard 1000 by thinning one pint/gallon with Reducer 3 and applying a
mist coat approximately 3mils wet which seals the porous inorganic zinc. The
mist coat is followed by another coat to achieve the total desired film
thickness. MasticGrip 200 is applied without a mist coat to ZincGard 1500,
EpoxyGrip 2100 and MasticGrip 2500. Consult SSPC-PS Guide 8.00 for
topcoating zinc-rich primers.
MasticGrip 200 tends to bleed through topcoats; therefore, MasticGrip 200 is
normally not topcoated.
MasticGrip 200 is available in black and dark red.
Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal.
Part A .8 gal. 4 gal.
Part B .2 gal. 1 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.)
Package unit 12 lbs. 60 lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal.
Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A 75°F
Part B >140°F
Reducer 3 78°F
Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to
110°F.
12
MasticGrip® 200
Rev. 9/19/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1.
Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is
enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish
per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For immersion conditions,
abrasive blast to a Near-white finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain 1 ½ to 3 mil
profile. For mild environments, which do not permit abrasive blasting, Hand
Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High
Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC-SP12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended.
Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75° F and 50 % RH or the equivalent.
Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and produce a surface
roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill
holes in order to produce a sealed surface.
Power mix Part A component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until
uniform at the following ratio:
1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit
MasticGrip 200 Part A .8 gallon 4 gallon
MasticGrip 200 Part B .2 gallon 1 gallon
Thinning is not required for most applications; however MasticGrip 200 may
be thinned up to 1 pint/gal with reducer 3.
Three hours at 75° and less at higher temperatures. Pot life ends when mixed
material loses film build.
Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 50°F 50°
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .027”
to .035” tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core for touch up of small areas.
The following minimum times are based on an 8 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface Final
Temperature To Touch To Recoat Cure (Immersion)
50°F 8 hrs. 10 hrs. 14 days
60°F 6 hrs. 8 hrs. 10 days
70°F 4 hrs. 6 hrs. 9 days
80°F 2 hrs. 5 hrs. 5 days
90°F 1 hr. 3 hrs. 3 days
MasticGrip 200 can be applied in a wet-on-wet manner, which eliminates the
dry time between coats when recoating with itself.
Sunlight oxidizes the surface of the coal tar, inhibiting adhesion of the next
coat. Therefore, MasticGrip 200 should be topcoated within 24 hours. If the
maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted with
fine abrasive to roughen the surface.
Cleanup with Reducer 3.
13
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
GripCrete 200 SL
Self-Leveling Flooring Epoxy
Features • Excellent application properties • Gloss finish • USDA compliant • 100% solids formulation • Self-leveling • Direct to concrete • Excellent wetting and adhesion properties • Good chemical resistance
Typical Uses Gripcrete 200 SL is used as a general service flooring epoxy. It is recommended for warehouses, service centers, commercial shops, commercial buildings, or anywhere abrasion resistance and/or chemical protection is desired. This product offers a bright, cleanable, high gloss finish or can be used alone or as component in multi-coat systems such as broadcasted vinyl flakes or quartz. Gripcrete 200 SL may also be incorporated with US Coatings easily cleanable, Non-Skid Additive to improve worker traction on walkways in refineries, power plants, chemical plants, barges, pulp & paper mills and other critical areas.
Physical Data Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 5 mg loss 1 kg load/1000 cycles CS 17 wheel Compressive Strength (ASTM C579) 11,600 psi Flexural Strength 80 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) > 400 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 140°F Non-continuous 160°F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 100% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (@1 mil) 1604 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content 0.0 lbs./gal.
Resistance GripCrete 6130 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Good Good Alkaline Good Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent
Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 6 to 15 mils per coat Wet film thickness: 6 to 15 mils per coat Theoretical coverage: 164 sq. ft. @ 10 mils DFT Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding.
Primer/Substrates GripCrete 200 SL can be applied directly to concrete but the probability for outgassing/pinholing is reduced if primed prior to application of coating.
Topcoats GripCrete 200 SL is not intended for exterior use and will chalk if exposed to UV. GripCrete 200 SL may be topcoated with itself or urethanes as recommended.
Colors GripCrete 200 SL is available in Light Gray, Medium Gray, Dark Gray, Tile Red. Safety colors are available upon request.
Shipping Data Packaging unit* 1 gal. 4 gal. Part A 0.75 gal. 3 gal. Part B 0.25 gal. 1 gal. *40 gallon, 55 gallon kits available Shipping weight (approx.) 1 gal. 5 gal. Package unit 9.3 lbs./gal 46.5 lbs.
4.2 kg/gal 21.09 kg Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 225°F (107°C) Part B 220°F (93°C) Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
14
Gripcrete® 200 SL
Rev.6/124/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75° F and 50 % RH or the equivalent or minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi. Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and to produce a surface roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill holes in order to produce a sealed surface. Refer to SSPC-13/NACE-6 and ICRI 03732 on proper surface cleaning and profiling of concrete substrate. Reference ASTM F 2170 and ASTM F 1869 to determine amount of moisture in concrete substrate. Concrete should be properly cured and have the following characteristics: Substrate tensile strength of at least 300 psi. A pH in the range of 7 to 11. The surface must show open pores throughout and have a sandpaper texture.
Mixing Combine Part A and part B in a 3 to 1 ratio and power mix for 2 minutes. Do not entrain air into mixture. DO NOT USE PARTIAL KITS. No sweat-in or induction time is required. Thinning is not recommended. Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit Gripcrete 200 SL Part A 0.75 gallon 3 gallon Gripcrete 200 SL Part B 0.25 gallon 1 gallon
Thinning Thinning is not recommended for solvent free coatings.
Working Time 30-45 minutes at 75°F and less at higher temperatures.
Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 50°F 50° Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation. Concrete coating should be applied as the slab temperatures are descending in order to avoid potential outgassing/pinholing.
Application Equipment Power Mixer: Use jiffy or blade mixer for mixing and ensure a low speed drill is utilized at no more the 220 RPMs. Squeegee and Roller: Use medium brush near cut in areas and short nap shed-resistant high quality roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. Use either a flat or 1/16” notched squeegee to spread material and cross roll with spiked shoes in a perpendicular pattern immediately after squeegee.
Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 15 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Final Temperature Light Traffic Full Traffic Cure* 50°F 24 hrs. 72 hrs. 14 days 60°F 18 hrs. 60 hrs. 12 days 70°F 12 hrs. 48 hrs. 7 days 90°F 8 hr. 36 hrs. 5 days *Final Cure for maximum chemical resistance.
Maximum Recoat Grip 200 SL is formulated with a 24 max recoat window at 70°F. If the recoat window is exceeded then the surface should be sanded to achieve a dull finish and all dust should be removed. However, since epoxies tend to blush, it is imperative that the blush and any surface contamination be removed prior to recoating. Also test for blush prior to applying any topcoat. High pressure water washing with a detergent is an acceptable method of removing blush and surface contamination.
Cleanup Cleanup with MEK or Xylene.
15
GripCrete 1750 MVE
MVE 100% Epoxy Primer
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
Features • 100% Solids, No VOC’s, No HAPS • Low Viscosity for Excellent Penetration • User Friendly with Long Re-coat Windows • Pigmented to Allow Applicators Easy Visibility • Easy Application- Including Roller or Spray • Virtually No Odor
Typical Uses GripCrete 1750 MVE is a 100% solids, No VOC’s, low odor, concrete sealer/primer designed to minimize concrete outgassing and moisture vapor transmission. US Coatings 1750 is suitable for use as a primer in confined spaces, underground or above ground concrete coating applications. 1750 can be used on damp concrete surfaces with excellent results. Prior to use, verify re-coat windows, temperature limitations, mix ratios, and pot life information in the “Performance” table. US Coatings 1750 is supplied in pre-measured kits. There is no need for measuring volume ratio.
Color Off-white or Clear
Limitations US Coatings 1750 is an aromatic epoxy. While the physical properties may not be affected, the epoxy could fade or chalk with exposure to UV light or mercury vapor light. Each individual user should check the product compatibility with their own application requirements prior to use.
Physical Data Adhesion to concrete (ASTM D 7234) Dry Substrate Failure Damp Substrate Failure Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 100% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1604 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content VOC 0.0 lbs./gal.
0.0 g/l
Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 5 to 10 mils Wet film thickness: 5 to 10 mils Theoretical coverage: 160-320 sq. ft Note: Material is designed to “soak-in” and penetrate concrete.
Topcoats GripCrete 1750 like other epoxies, tends to chalk and amber when exposed to sunlight in a humid environment. Urethane or polyaspartic topcoats are recommended to control the erosion of the epoxy and maintain a colorfast system. Gripcrete 200 SL and GripCrete 9000 PA are recommended topcoat for GripCrete 1750 MVE.
Shipping Data Packaging unit 2.5 gal. 7.5 gal Base 1.5 gal. 5.0 gal Converter 1 gal. 2.5 gal Shelf Life: The product can be stored for one year in factory delivered, unopened drums. Keep away from extreme heat, freezing, and moisture. Proper storage temperature is between 50ºF and 100ºF.
Surface Preparation Prior to coating, the substrate must be prepared in a manner that provides a uniform, clean, sound, neutralized surface suitable for the specified coating. The substrate must be free of all contaminants, such as oil, grease, rust, scale or deposits. In general, coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. Concrete and Masonry surfaces must be sound and contaminant-free with a surface profile equivalent to a CSP3 to CSP5 in accordance with ICRI Technical Guideline No. 03732. This can generally be achieved by abrasive blasting, shot blasting, high pressure water cleaning, water jetting, or a combination of methods.
Mixing Power mix A & B separately, then combine A & B and power mix for 2 minutes. No thinning required: By Volume 1.5 Gal. Kit 7.5 Gal Kit GripCrete 1750 Base A 1.0 gallon 5.0 gallon GripCrete 1750 Base B 0.5 gallon 2.5 gallon By Weight Ratio GripCrete 1750 100:58
Thinning Power mix A & B separately, then combine A & B and power mix for 2 minutes. No thinning required.
Pot Life 50 minutes at 72 F
Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 35°F 32°F 32° Maximum 90°F 140°F 140°F Material should be at above 60 F for optimal performance. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation.
16
GripCrete 1750 MVE
Rev. 1/30/17 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
2355 Weldon Parkway, St. Louis, MO 63146 phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com
Surface Preparation Prior to coating, the substrate must be prepared in a manner that provides a uniform, clean, sound, neutralized surface suitable for the specified coating. The substrate must be free of all contaminants, such as oil, grease, rust, scale or deposits. In general, coating performance is proportional to the degree of surface preparation. Concrete and Masonry surfaces must be sound and contaminant-free with a surface profile equivalent to a CSP3 to CSP5 in accordance with ICRI Technical Guideline No. 03732. This can generally be achieved by abrasive blasting, shot blasting, high pressure water cleaning, water jetting, or a combination of methods.
Mixing Power mix A & B separately, then combine A & B and power mix for 2 minutes. No thinning required: By Volume 1.5 Gal. Kit 7.5 Gal Kit GripCrete 1750 Base A 1.0 gallon 5.0 gallon GripCrete 1750 Base B 0.5 gallon 2.5 gallon By Weight Ratio GripCrete 1750 100:58
Thinning Power mix A & B separately, then combine A & B and power mix for 2 minutes. No thinning required.
Pot Life 50 minutes at 72 F
Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 35°F 32°F 32° Maximum 90°F 140°F 140°F Material should be at above 60 F for optimal performance. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation.
Application Equipment General: Spray (US Coatings 1750- 52 min Pot Life @ 72°F) This high solids coating may require adjustments in spray techniques. Conventional Spray: Pressure pot equipped with dual regulators. 3/8 I.D. minimum material hose. 0.070” I.D. fluid tip and appropriate air cap Airless Spray: Pump Ratio: 30:1 (Min.) GPM Output: 0 (Min.) Tip Size: .017” to .021” Output PSI: 2200-2500 Filter Size: 60 Mesh Teflon packing are recommended. Use 45:1 pump ratio for elevated applications and ½” I.D. hose lengths greater than 60’. It is recommended to “back roll” the US material after spray application to maximize its effectiveness. Roller/Squeegee: Use medium brush and short nap roller lint free woven roller. A flat or 1/16” notched squeegee may be used to move material then immediately cross rolled utilizing spiked shoes for application.
Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Recoat Maximum 72°F 6-8 hrs. 6-8 hrs. 7 days
Maximum Recoat
Max recoat is 7 days at 70 F.
Cleanup Cured product may be disposed of without restriction. The un-cured portions should be mixed together and disposed of in a normal manner. “Drip free” containers should be disposed of according to state, local, and federal laws
17
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
EpoxyGrip® 2000
Epoxy Mastic Coating
• Locally available color system
• Semi-gloss finish
• VOC compliant
• High Solids Formulation
• Excellent build on edges
• Rapid and extended recoat windows
• Single coat capability
• Excellent wetting and adhesion properties
• Good chemical resistance
• Application over hand tool cleaned substrates (SSPC-SP 11)
Used as an intermediate or topcoat over zinc rich primers for highly corrosive
environments. Where exterior color fastness is required EpoxyGrip 2000 may
be top-coated with polyurethane finishes.
Used on structural steel, steel tanks, offshore platforms, barges, refineries,
petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, masonry
surfaces and other areas as recommended. EpoxyGrip 2000 may be used as a
surface tolerant single coat system in mild duty applications.
Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint 22 performance requirements.
Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours
Plane blistering or rusting: none
Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060)
1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss
CS 17 wheel 22 mg
Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794)
Direct impact 80 in-lbs.
Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4031 psi
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volume solids of
mixed material 80%+1%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1283 sq. ft.
Volatile Organic Content
Unthinned 1.44 lbs./gal.
174 g/l
Reducer 1 @ 1 pint/gal. 2.04 lbs./gal.
247 g/l
Reducer 2 @ 1 pint/gal. 2.09 lbs./gal.
253 g/l
EpoxyGrip 2000 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric
exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes
Acidic Not recommended Good Good
Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent
Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent
Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 4 to 6 mils
Wet film thickness: 5 to 9 mils
Theoretical coverage: 257 sq. ft. @ 5 mils DFT
Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require
additional coats for hiding.
EpoxyGrip 2000 can be applied over the following primers or directly to steel
or concrete as recommended. EpoxyGrip 2000 should be applied to cured
ZincGard 1000 by thinning one pint/gallon with Reducer 2 and applying a
mist coat approximately 3mils wet which seals the porous inorganic zinc. The
mist coat is followed by another light coat to achieve the total desired film
thickness. EpoxyGrip 2000 is applied without a mist coat to ZincGard 1500,
EpoxyGrip 2100 and MasticGrip 2500. Consult SSPC-PS Guide 8.00 for
topcoating zinc-rich primers.
EpoxyGrip 2000, like other epoxies, tends to chalk and amber when exposed
to sunlight in a humid environment. Urethane topcoats are recommended to
control the erosion of the epoxy and maintain a colorfast system. UreGrip
3000 and UreGrip 3300 are recommended topcoat for EpoxyGrip 2000.
EpoxyGrip 2000 is available in a state-of-the-art color system providing
accurate quality matches. A color chart of 100 commonly used colors is
provided for your convenience. Custom colors can be computer matched.
Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal.
Part A 1 gal. 5 gal.
Part B 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.)
Package unit 28 lbs. 140 lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal.
Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs.
Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A 94°F
Part B 108°F
Reducer 1 53°F
Reducer 2 113°F
Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to
110°F.
18
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
EpoxyGrip® 2000 VOC
Epoxy Mastic Coating
• Locally available color system
• Semi-gloss finish
• VOC compliant
• High Solids Formulation
• Excellent build on edges
• Rapid and extended recoat windows
• Single coat capability
• Excellent wetting and adhesion properties
• Good chemical resistance
• Application over hand tool cleaned substrates (SSPC-SP 11)
Used as an intermediate or topcoat over zinc rich primers for highly corrosive
environments. Where exterior color fastness is required EpoxyGrip 2000
VOC may be top-coated with polyurethane finishes.
Used on structural steel, steel tanks, offshore platforms, barges, refineries,
petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, masonry
surfaces and other areas as recommended. EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC may be
used as a surface tolerant single coat system in mild duty applications.
Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint 22 performance requirements.
Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours
Plane blistering or rusting: none
Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060)
1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss
CS 17 wheel 22 mg
Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794)
Direct impact 80 in-lbs.
Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4031 psi
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volume solids of
mixed material 80%+1%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1283 sq. ft.
Volatile Organic Content
Unthinned 0.79 lbs./gal.
96 g/l
Reducer 6 @ 1 pint/gal. 0.79 lbs./gal.
96 g/l
Reducer 8 @ 1 pint/gal. 0.79 lbs./gal.
96 g/l
EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric
exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes
Acidic Not recommended Good Good
Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent
Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent
Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 4 to 6 mils
Wet film thickness: 5 to 9 mils
Theoretical coverage: 257 sq. ft. @ 5 mils DFT
Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require
additional coats for hiding.
EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC can be applied over the following primers or directly to
steel or concrete as recommended. EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC should be applied
to cured ZincGard 1000 by thinning one pint/gallon with Reducer 2 and
applying a mist coat approximately 3mils wet which seals the porous
inorganic zinc. The mist coat is followed by another light coat to achieve the
total desired film thickness. EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC is applied without a mist
coat to ZincGard 1500, EpoxyGrip 2100 and MasticGrip 2500. Consult
SSPC-PS Guide 8.00 for topcoating zinc-rich primers.
EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC, like other epoxies, tends to chalk and amber when
exposed to sunlight in a humid environment. Urethane topcoats are
recommended to control the erosion of the epoxy and maintain a colorfast
system. UreGrip 3000 and UreGrip 3300 are recommended topcoat for
EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC.
EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC is available in a state-of-the-art color system providing
accurate quality matches. A color chart of 100 commonly used colors is
provided for your convenience. Custom colors can be computer matched.
Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal.
Part A 1 gal. 5 gal.
Part B 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.)
Package unit 28 lbs. 140 lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal.
Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs.
Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A 94°F
Part B 108°F
Reducer 1 53°F
Reducer 2 113°F
Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to
110°F.
19
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
EpoxyGrip®
2000 VOC
Epoxy Mastic Coating
Features • Locally available color system • Semi-gloss finish • VOC compliant • High Solids Formulation • Excellent build on edges • Rapid and extended recoat windows • Single coat capability • Excellent wetting and adhesion properties • Good chemical resistance • Application over hand tool cleaned substrates (SSPC-SP 11)
Typical Uses Used as an intermediate or topcoat over zinc rich primers for highly corrosive environments. Where exterior color fastness is required EpoxyGrip 2000 may be top-coated with polyurethane finishes. Used on structural steel, steel tanks, offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, masonry surfaces and other areas as recommended. EpoxyGrip 2000 may be used as a surface tolerant single coat system in mild duty applications.
Qualifications Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint 22 performance requirements.
Performance Data Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours Plane blistering or rusting: none
Physical Data Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 22 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 80 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4031 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250°F Non-continuous 300°F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 80%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1283 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 0.79 lbs./gal. Reducer 6 @ 1 pint/gal. 0.79 lbs./gal. Reducer 8 @ 1 pint/gal. 0.79 lbs./gal.
Resistance EpoxyGrip 2000 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Not recommended Good Good Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 4 to 6 mils Wet film thickness: 5 to 9 mils Theoretical coverage: 257 sq. ft. @ 5 mils DFT Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding.
Primer/Substrates EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC can be applied over the following primers or directly to steel or concrete as recommended. EpoxyGrip 2000 should be applied to cured ZincGard 1000 by thinning one pint/gallon with Reducer 2 and applying a mist coat approximately 3mils wet which seals the porous inorganic zinc. The mist coat is followed by another light coat to achieve the total desired film thickness. EpoxyGrip 2000 is applied without a mist coat to ZincGard 1500, EpoxyGrip 2100 and MasticGrip 2500. Consult SSPC-PS Guide 8.00 for topcoating zinc-rich primers.
Topcoats EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC, like other epoxies, tends to chalk and amber when exposed to sunlight in a humid environment. Urethane topcoats are recommended to control the erosion of the epoxy and maintain a colorfast system. UreGrip 3000 and UreGrip 3300 are recommended topcoat for EpoxyGrip 2000.
Colors EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC is available in a state-of-the-art color system providing accurate quality matches. A color chart of 100 commonly used colors is provided for your convenience. Custom colors can be computer matched.
Shipping Data Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal. Base 1 gal. 5 gal. Converter 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 28 lbs. 140 lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base 94°F Converter 108°F Reducer 1 53°F Reducer 2 113°F Shelf Life: 3 years for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
20
EpoxyGrip® 2000 VOC
Rev. 9/20/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500 fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1.
Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is
enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish
per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For immersion conditions,
abrasive blast to a Near-White finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain 1 ½ to 3 mil
profile. For mild environments, which do not permit abrasive blasting, Hand
Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High
Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC-SP12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended.
Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75° F and 50 % RH or the equivalent.
Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and to produce a surface
roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill
holes in order to produce a sealed surface.
Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until
uniform at the following ratio:
2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. Kit EpoxyGrip 2000 Part A 1 gallon 5 gallon
EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon
Thinning is not required for most applications; however EpoxyGrip 2000
VOC may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for
applications temperatures below 70°F and Reducer 2 is recommended above
70°F. Reducer 2 is recommended for overcoating inorganic zinc primers as
well as for brush and roller applications of EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC.
Three hours at 75° and less at higher temperatures.
Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 50°F 50°
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .017”
to .021” tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface Final
Temperature To Touch To Handle Cure
50°F 12 hrs. 32 hrs. 4 days
60°F 6 hrs. 16 hrs. 2 days
70°F 3 hrs. 8 hrs. 1 day
80°F 2 hrs. 5 hrs. 12 hrs.
90°F 1 hr. 3 hrs. 6 hrs.
EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC can be applied in a wet-on-wet manner, which
eliminates the dry time between coats when recoating with itself. When
recoating with UreGrip, EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC should dry according to the
“To Handle” schedule.
EpoxyGrip 2000 VOC has a 30-day maximum recoat window. It is
imperative that the chalk and surface contamination be removed prior to
recoating. High pressure washing is an acceptable method of removing chalk
and surface contamination. For applications requiring longer than a 30-day
window, please contact US Coatings for recommendations.
Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2.
21
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
EpoxyGrip® 2010
DTM Epoxy Mastic Coating
• Direct to Metal Finish
• Semi-gloss finish
• VOC compliant
• Convenient one to one mix ratio
• High Solids Formulation
• Excellent build on edges
• Rapid and extended recoat windows
• Single coat capability
• Excellent wetting and adhesion properties
• Good chemical resistance
• Application over hand tool cleaned substrates (SSPC-SP 11)
Used as a Direct to Metal Finish for industrial equipment such as
compressors.
Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint 22 performance requirements.
Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060)
1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss
CS 17 wheel 22 mg
Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794)
Direct impact 80 in-lbs.
Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4031 psi
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volume solids of
mixed material 54%+1%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 866 sq. ft.
Volatile Organic Content
Unthinned 3.3 lbs./gal.
399 g/l
Reducer 1 @ 1 pint/gal. 3.6 lbs./gal.
436 g/l
EpoxyGrip 2010 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric
exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes
Acidic Not recommended Good Good
Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent
Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent
Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 4 to 6 mils
Wet film thickness: 8 to 12 mils
Theoretical coverage: 173 sq. ft. @ 5 mils DFT
EpoxyGrip 2010 can be applied directly over properly prepared steel.
EpoxyGrip 2010, like other epoxies, tends to chalk and amber when exposed
to sunlight in a humid environment. Urethane topcoats are recommended to
control the erosion of the epoxy and maintain a colorfast system. UreGrip
3000 and UreGrip 3300 are recommended topcoat for EpoxyGrip 2010.
EpoxyGrip 2010 is available in a Beige and White. Custom colors may be
available upon request.
Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal.
Part A 1 gal. 5 gal.
Part B 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.)
Package unit 25 lbs. 125 lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal.
Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A 40°F
Part B 80°F
Reducer 1 53°F
Shelf Life: 1 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to
110°F.
22
EpoxyGrip® 2010
Rev. 9/20/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1.
Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is
enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish
per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For mild environments, which
do not permit abrasive blasting, Hand Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power
Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC-
SP12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended.
Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until
uniform at the following ratio:
2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. Kit EpoxyGrip 2010 Part A 1 gallon 5 gallon
EpoxyGrip 2010 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon
Thinning is not required for most applications; however EpoxyGrip 2010 may
be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for applications
temperatures below 90°F.
Eight hours at 75° and less at higher temperatures.
Material Surface Ambient
Minimum 50°F 50°F 50°
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .017”
to .021” tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core for touch up.
The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface Final
Temperature To Touch To Handle Cure
60°F 3 hrs. 12 hrs. 2 days
70°F 1.5 hrs. 6 hrs. 1 day
80°F 1 hrs. 4 hrs. 12 hrs.
EpoxyGrip 2010 can be applied in a wet-on-wet manner, which eliminates the
dry time between coats when recoating with itself.
EpoxyGrip 2010 has a 30-day maximum recoat window. It is imperative that
the chalk and surface contamination be removed prior to recoating. High
pressure washing is an acceptable method to removing chalk and surface
contamination. For applications requiring more than 30-days, please contact
US Coatings for recommendations.
Cleanup with Reducer 1.
23
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
EpoxyGrip® 2030
Low Temperature Epoxy Mastic Coating
• Low temperature curing
• Locally available color system
• Semi-gloss finish
• VOC compliant
• High Solids Formulation
• Excellent build on edges
• Rapid and extended recoat windows
• Single coat capability
• Excellent wetting and adhesion properties
• Good chemical resistance
• Application over hand tool cleaned substrates (SSPC-SP 11)
EpoxyGrip 2030 is a low temperature curing intermediate or topcoat over zinc
rich primers for highly corrosive environments. EpoxyGrip 2030 is designed
to extend the painting season into the cold weather season. Where exterior
color fastness is required EpoxyGrip 2030 may be top-coated with
polyurethane finishes.
EpoxyGrip 2030 is used on structural steel, steel tanks, offshore platforms,
barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper
mills, masonry surfaces and other areas as recommended. EpoxyGrip 2030
may be used as a surface tolerant single coat system in mild duty applications.
Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint 22 performance requirements.
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volume solids of
mixed material 80%+1%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1,283 sq. ft.
Volatile Organic Content
Unthinned 1.41 lbs./gal.
171 g/l
Reducer 1 @ 1 pint/gal. 2.01 lbs./gal.
243 g/l
Reducer 3 @ 1 pint/gal. 2.05 lbs./gal.
248 g/l
EpoxyGrip 2030 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric
exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes
Acidic Not recommended Good Good
Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent
Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent
Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 4 to 6 mils
Wet film thickness: 5 to 9 mils
Theoretical coverage: 257 sq. ft. @ 5 mils DFT
Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require
additional coats for hiding.
EpoxyGrip 2030 can be applied over the following primers or directly to steel
or concrete as recommended. EpoxyGrip 2030 should be applied to cured
ZincGard 1000 by thinning one pint/gallon with Reducer 1 and applying a
mist coat approximately 3mils wet which seals the porous inorganic zinc. The
mist coat is followed by another light coat to achieve the total desired film
thickness. EpoxyGrip 2030 is applied without a mist coat to ZincGard 1500,
EpoxyGrip 2100, MasticGrip 2500 and MasticGrip 2530. Consult SSPC-PS
Guide 8.00 for topcoating zinc-rich primers.
EpoxyGrip 2030, like other epoxies, tends to chalk and amber when exposed
to sunlight in a humid environment. Urethane topcoats are recommended to
control the erosion of the epoxy and maintain a colorfast system. UreGrip
3000 and UreGrip 3300 are recommended topcoats for EpoxyGrip 2030.
EpoxyGrip 2030 is available in a state-of-the-art color system providing
accurate quality matches. Due to the amber cast of the curing agent,
EpoxyGrip 2030 is available in warm white colors and not bright white colors.
A color chart of 100 commonly used colors is provided for your convenience.
Custom colors can be computer matched.
Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal.
Part A 1 gal. 5 gal.
Part B 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.)
Package unit 28 lbs. 140 lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal.
Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs.
Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A 94°F
Part B 80°F
Reducer 1 53°F
Reducer 3 78°F
Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to
110°F.
24
EpoxyGrip® 2030
Rev. 9/20/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1.
Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is
enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish
per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For immersion conditions,
abrasive blast to a Near-white finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain 1 ½ to 3 mil
profile. For mild environments, which do not permit abrasive blasting, Hand
Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High
Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC-SP12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended.
Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75° F and 50 % RH or the equivalent.
Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and produce a surface
roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill
holes in order to produce a sealed surface.
Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until
uniform at the following ratio:
2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. Kit EpoxyGrip 2000 Part A 1 gallon 5 gallon
EpoxyGrip 2030 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon
Thinning is not required for most applications, however EpoxyGrip 2030 may
be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for most applications,
however, reducer 3 may be used when topcoating EpoxyGrip 2030 with
UreGrip 3000 or UreGrip 3300.
Thirty minutes at 75°F and less at higher temperatures.
One hour at 60°F
Two hours at 45°F
Four hours at 35°F
Material Surface Ambient
Minimum 35°F 35°F 35°F
Maximum 75°F 85°F 85°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .017”
to .021” tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface
Temperature Cure To Topcoat 35°F 16 hrs
45°F 8 hrs.
60°F 4 hrs.
75°F 2 hrs.
EpoxyGrip 2030 can be applied in a wet-on-wet manner, which eliminates the
dry time between coats when recoating with itself. When recoating with
UreGrip, EpoxyGrip 2030 should dry according to the “Cure To Topcoat”
schedule.
EpoxyGrip 2030 has a 30-day maximum recoat window. It is imperative that
chalk and surface contamination be removed prior to recoating. High pressure
washing is an acceptable method to remove chalk and surface contamination.
For applications requiring longer than 30 days, please contact US Coatings for
recommendations.
Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 3.
25
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
RailGard 2040 VOC
DTM Epoxy Coating
RailGard 2040 VOC is a high build, direct to metal epoxy to be applied as a
single coat system for the exterior of railcars.
• Direct to Metal
• High gloss finish
• VOC compliant
• High Solids Formulation
• Excellent build on edges
• Rapid and extended recoat windows
• Single coat capability
• Excellent wetting and adhesion properties
• Good chemical resistance
• 1:1 Mixing Ratio
Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours
Plane blistering or rusting: none
Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060)
1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss
CS 17 wheel 22 mg
Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794)
Direct impact 80 in-lbs.
Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4031 psi
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volume solids of
mixed material 81±2%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1,300 sq. ft.
Volatile Organic Content
Unthinned 1.0 lbs./gal.
121 g/l
Reducer 1 @ 1 pint/gal. 1.6 lbs./gal.
194 g/l
Reducer 2 @ 1 pint/gal. 1.6 lbs./gal.
194 g/l
RailGard 2040 VOC is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric
exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Spillage Fumes
Acidic Good Good
Alkaline Excellent Excellent
Solvents Good Excellent
Salt water Excellent Excellent
Water Excellent Excellent
Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 4 to 6 mils
Wet film thickness: 5 to 9 mils
Theoretical coverage: 260 sq. ft @ 5 mils DFT
RailGard 2040 VOC is normally applied directly to steel. RailGard 2040
VOC, however, can be applied to cured ZincGard 1000, ZincGard 1500,
EpoxyGrip 2100 and MasticGrip 2500. Consult SSPC-PS Guide 8.00 for
topcoating zinc-rich primers.
When additional protection is required, RailGard 2040 VOC may be
topcoated with a urethane such as: UreGrip 3000 or UreGrip 3300.
RailGard 2040 VOC is normally used in black or gray. Custom colors are
available.
Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal.
Part A 1 gal. 5 gal.
Part B 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.)
Package unit 28 lbs. 140 lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal.
Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs.
Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A 60°F
Part B 107°F
Reducer 1 53°F
Reducer 2 113°F
Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to
110°F.
26
RailGard 2040
Rev. 9/20/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1.
Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is
enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish
per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For immersion conditions,
abrasive blast to a Near-white finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain 1 ½ to 3 mil
profile. For touch up areas, which do not permit abrasive blasting, Hand Tool
cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High
Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC-SP12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended.
Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until
uniform at the following ratio:
2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. Kit
RailGard 2040 VOC Part A 1 gallon 5 gallon
RailGard 2040 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon
Thinning is not required for most applications; however RailGard 2040 VOC
may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for application
temperatures below 70°F and Reducer 2 is recommended above 70°F.
Reducer 2 is recommended for overcoating inorganic zinc primers as well as
for brush and roller applications of RailGard 2040 VOC.
Three hours at 75° and less at higher temperatures.
Material Surface Ambient
Minimum 50°F 50°F 50°
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .017”
to .021” tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Plural Component Airless Spray: Graco’s Xtreme Mix is the preferred plural
component equipment.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface Final
Temperature To Touch To Handle Cure
50°F 12 hrs. 32 hrs. 4 days
60°F 6 hrs. 16 hrs. 2 days
70°F 3 hrs. 8 hrs. 1 day
80°F 2 hrs. 5 hrs. 12 hrs.
90°F 1 hr. 3 hrs. 6 hrs.
RailGard 2040 can be applied in a wet-on-wet manner, which eliminates the
dry time between coats when recoating with itself. When recoating with
UreGrip, RailGard 2040 VOC should dry according to the “To Handle”
schedule.
RailGard 2040 VOC is formulated with an unlimited recoat window.
However, when recoating an aged epoxy, it is imperative that the surface
contamination be removed prior to recoating. High pressure water washing is
an acceptable method of removing chalk and surface contamination.
Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2.
27
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
EpoxyGrip® 2078
High Solids Epoxy Concrete Sealer
• Outstanding wetting and adhesion properties
• Seals concrete
• Solvent free
• Clear / amber color
EpoxyGrip 2078 is used as a primer / sealer for concrete substrates. The
wetting characteristics of EpoxyGrip 2078 provide for excellent sealing
properties over cementitious surfaces. EpoxyGrip 2078 is designed to accept a
wide variety of different generic finish coats. The EpoxyGrip 2078 may also
be used as a curing compound for fresh concrete.
Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794)
Direct impact 160 in-lbs.
Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 300 psi
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volume solids of mixed material: 100%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1,604 sq. ft.
Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 0.0 lbs./gal.
0 g/l
Reducer 1 @ 1 pint/gal. .77 lbs./gal.
93 g/l
Reducer 2 @ 1 pint/gal. .82 lbs./gal.
99 g/l
Refer to desired finish coat for chemical resistance information.
Dry film thickness: 1 to 2 mils
Wet film thickness: 1 to 2 mils
Theoretical coverage: 1604 sq. ft./gal. @ 1 mil DFT
802 sq. ft./gal. @ 2 mils DFT
EpoxyGrip 2078 is used to seal properly prepared concrete substrates.
EpoxyGrip 2078 is typically top coated with epoxies and / or polyurethanes
such as EpoxyGrip 2000, UreGrip 3000 and UreGrip 3300.
EpoxyGrip 2078 is a transparent clear /amber color.
Packaging unit 3 gal.
Part A 2 gal.
Part B 1 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.) 3 gal.
Package unit 25 lbs.
1 gal.
Reducer 1 8 lbs.
Reducer 2 9 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A >140°F
Part B >140°F
Reducer 1 53°F
Reducer 2 100°F
Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to
110°F.
28
EpoxyGrip® 2078
Rev. 9/20/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS. OSHA CLASS IIIA LIQUIDS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all
sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist
workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. If concrete surfaces
are smooth and/or slick, abrasive blast to achieve texture of coarse sandpaper.
Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until
uniform at the following ratio:
3 Gal. Kit
EpoxyGrip 2078 Part A 2 gallon
EpoxyGrip 2078 Part B 1 gallon
Thinning is not required for most applications, however EpoxyGrip 2078 may
be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for applications
temperatures below 70°F and Reducer 2 is recommended above 70°F.
Reducer 2 is recommended for brush and roller applications of EpoxyGrip
2078.
One hour at 75° and less at higher temperatures.
Material Surface Ambient
Minimum 50°F 50°F 50°F
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .017”
to .021” tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT unthinned film.
Surface
Temperature To Recoat 50°F 4 days
60°F 48 hrs.
70°F 24 hrs.
80°F 12 hrs.
90°F 6 hrs.
Surface Temperature Days
50°F 30
75°F 15
90°F 7
If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted
with fine aggregate to roughen the surface.
Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2.
29
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
EpoxyGrip® 2100
High Solids Epoxy Mastic Primer
• High performance epoxy mastic primer
• Contains Micaceous Iron Oxide
• VOC compliant
• High solids formulation
• Excellent build on edges
• Rapid and extended recoat windows
• Recoatable with epoxies, polyurethane and polyaspartics.
• Single coat capability
• Excellent wetting and adhesion properties
• Superior abrasion resistance
• Good chemical resistance
Typical Uses EpoxyGrip 2100 is used as a rapid recoat high build primer to provide
excellent corrosion protection for both masonry and steel substrates.
Designed to be used in interior and exterior heavy-duty service in corrosive,
industrial atmospheres.
Excellent for use on structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries,
petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, masonry
surfaces and others as recommended. Can be used as a shop primer where an
extended recoat window is desired.
Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint 22 performance requirements.
Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours
Plane blistering or rusting: none
Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060)
1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss
CS 17 wheel 78 mg
Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794)
Direct impact 80 in-lbs.
Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4007 psi
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 79 %+1%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1267 sq. ft
Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 1.34 lbs./gal.
162 g/l
Reducer 1 @ 1 pint/gal. 1.90 lbs./gal.
230 g/l
Reducer 2 @ 1 pint/gal. 1.94 lbs./gal.
235 g/l
EpoxyGrip 2100 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric
exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes
Acidic Not recommended Good Good
Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent
Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent
Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 4 to 6 mils
Wet film thickness: 5 to 8 mils
Theoretical Coverage: 253 sq. ft. @ 5 mils DFT
Primer/Substrates EpoxyGrip 2100 is normally applied directly to steel or concrete as
recommended. EpoxyGrip 2100 should be applied to cured ZincGard 1000 by
thinning one pint/gallon with Reducer 2 and applying a mist coat
approximately 3 mils wet which seals the porous inorganic zinc. The mist
coat is followed by another light coat to achieve the total desired film
thickness. Consult SSPC-PS guide 8.00 for topcoating zinc-rich primers.
EpoxyGrip 2100 is normally topcoated with an epoxy finish such as
EpoxyGrip 2000 or a urethane finish such as UreGrip 3000 or UreGrip 3300.
EpoxyGrip 2100, like other epoxies, tends to chalk and amber when exposed
to sunlight in a humid environment.
EpoxyGrip 2100 is available in unmatched grey.
Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal.
Part A 1 gal. 5 gal.
Part B 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.)
Package unit 26 lbs. 130 lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal.
Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs.
Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A 39°F
Part B 103°F
Reducer 1 53°F
Reducer 2 113°F
Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to
110°F.
30
EpoxyGrip® 2100
Rev. 9/20/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1.
Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is
enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish
per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For immersion conditions,
abrasive blast to a Near-White finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain 1 ½ to 3 mil
profile. For mild environments, which do not permit abrasive blasting, Hand
Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High
Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC-SP12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended.
Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75° F and 50 % RH or the equivalent.
Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and to produce a surface
roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill
holes in order to produce a sealed surface.
Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until
uniform at the following ratio:
2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. Kit
EpoxyGrip 2100 Part A 1 gallon 5 gallon
EpoxyGrip 2000 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon
Thinning is not required for most applications; however, EpoxyGrip 2100
may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for applications
temperatures below 70°F and Reducer 2 is recommended above 70°F.
Reducer 2 is recommended for overcoating inorganic zinc primers as well as
for brush and roller applications of EpoxyGrip 2100.
Four hours at 75° and less at higher temperatures.
Material Surface Ambient
Minimum 50°F 50°F 50°
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .017”
to .021” tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface Final
Temperature To Touch To Handle Cure
50°F 12 hrs. 32 hrs. 4 days
60°F 6 hrs. 16 hrs. 2 days
70°F 3 hrs. 8 hrs. 1 day
80°F 2 hrs. 5 hrs. 12 hrs.
90°F 1 hr. 3 hrs. 6 hrs.
EpoxyGrip 2100 can be applied in a wet-on-wet manner, which eliminates the
dry time between coats when recoating with itself. When recoating with
UreGrip, EpoxyGrip 2100 should dry according to the “To Handle” schedule.
EpoxyGrip 2100 is formulated with a 30 day recoat window. Since epoxies
tend to chalk, it is imperative that the chalk and surface contamination be
removed prior to recoating. High pressure water washing is an acceptable
method of removing chalk and surface contamination.
Cleanup with Reducer 1, Reducer 2 or a ketone like Methyl-Ethyl Ketone.
31
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
EpoxyGrip® 2118
Epoxy Mastic Floor Coating
• Locally available color system
• High Gloss
• VOC compliant
• High Solids Formulation
• Excellent build on edges
• Rapid and extended recoat windows
• Excellent wetting and adhesion properties
• Good chemical resistance
EpoxyGrip 2118 Floor Finish is used as a finish coat for flooring applications
over epoxy primers in general duty and corrosive environments. Where
exterior color fastness is required EpoxyGrip 2118 Floor Finish may be top-
coated with polyurethane finishes.
Used as a finish coat for flooring applications in refineries, petrochemical
plants, power plants, pulp & paper mills, warehousing, general manufacturing
environments, and other areas as recommended.
Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060)
1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss
CS 17 wheel 60 mg
Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794)
Direct impact 80 in-lbs.
Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4031 psi
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volume solids of
mixed material 80%+1%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1,283 sq. ft.
Volatile Organic Content
Unthinned 1.53 lbs./gal.
185 g/l
Reducer 1 @ 1 quart/gal. 2.61 lbs./gal.
316 g/l
Reducer 2 @ 1 quart/gal. 2.96 lbs./gal.
358 g/l
EpoxyGrip 2118 Floor Finish is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in
atmospheric exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes
Acidic Not recommended Good Good
Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent
Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent
Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 4 to 6 mils
Wet film thickness: 5 to 9 mils
Theoretical coverage: 257 sq. ft. @ 5 mils DFT
Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require
additional coats for hiding.
EpoxyGrip 2118 Floor Finish can be applied over EpoxyGrip 2100 or
EpoxyGrip 2000 or other primers as recommended.
EpoxyGrip 2118 Floor Finish, like other epoxies, tends to chalk and amber
when exposed to sunlight in a humid environment. Urethane topcoats are
recommended to maintain a colorfast system under these conditions. UreGrip
3000 and UreGrip 3300 are recommended topcoats for EpoxyGrip 2118 Floor
Finish.
EpoxyGrip 2118 Floor Finish is available in a state-of-the-art color system
providing accurate quality matches. A color chart of 100 commonly used
colors is provided for your convenience. Custom colors can be computer
matched.
Packaging unit 3 gal. 15 gal.
Part A 2 gal. 10 gal.
Part B 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.)
Package unit 37 lbs. 185 lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal.
Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs.
Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A 94°F
Part B 108°F
Reducer 1 53°F
Reducer 2 113°F
Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to
110°F.
32
EpoxyGrip® 2118
Rev. 9/20/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Surface Preparation Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75° F and 50 % RH or the equivalent.
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Abrasive blast to
remove laitance and form oils and produce a surface roughness similar to
medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill holes in order to
produce a sealed surface.
Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until
uniform at the following ratio:
3 Gal. Kit 15 Gal. Kit
EpoxyGrip 2118 Part A 2 gallon 10 gallon
EpoxyGrip 2118 Floor Finish Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon
Thinning is not required for most applications; however EpoxyGrip 2118
Floor Finish may be thinned up to 1 quart/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for
applications temperatures below 70°F and Reducer 2 is recommended above
70°F. Reducer 2 is recommended for brush and roller applications of
EpoxyGrip 2118 Floor Finish.
Three hours at 75° and less at higher temperatures.
Material Surface Ambient
Minimum 50°F 50°F 50°
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .017”
to .021” tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface Final
Temperature To Touch To Handle Cure 50°F 12 hrs. 32 hrs. 4 days
60°F 6 hrs. 16 hrs. 2 days
70°F 3 hrs. 8 hrs. 1 day
80°F 2 hrs. 5 hrs. 12 hrs.
90°F 1 hr. 3 hrs. 6 hrs.
EpoxyGrip 2118 Floor Finish has a 30-day maximum recoat window. It is
imperative that chalk and surface contamination be removed prior to
recoating. High pressure washing is an acceptable method to removing chalk
and surface contamination. For applications requiring more than 30 days,
please contact US Coatings for recommendations.
Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2.
33
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
EpoxyGrip® 2130
High Solids Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Mastic Primer
• Low temperature cure
• High performance epoxy mastic primer
• Contains Micaceous Iron Oxide
• VOC compliant
• High solids formulation
• Excellent build on edges
• Rapid and extended recoat windows
• Recoatable with epoxies and polyurethane
• Single coat capability
• Excellent wetting and adhesion properties
• Flexible film
• Good chemical resistance
Typical Uses EpoxyGrip 2130 is used as a rapid recoat high build primer to provide
excellent corrosion protection for both masonry and steel substrates in low
temperature conditions. Use of EpoxyGrip 2130 may extend the painting
season for applications down to 35°F. Designed to be used in interior and
exterior heavy-duty service in corrosive, industrial atmospheres.
Excellent for use on structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries,
petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, masonry
surfaces and others as recommended. Can be used as a shop primer where an
extended recoat window is desired.
Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint 22 performance requirements.
Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours
Plane blistering or rusting: none
Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060)
1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss
CS 17 wheel 78 mg
Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794)
Direct impact 80 in-lbs.
Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4007 psi
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 84 %+1%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1,347 sq. ft
Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 1.18 lbs./gal.
143 g/l
Reducer 1 @ 1 pint/gal. 1.81 lbs./gal.
219 g/l
Reducer 3 @ 1 pint/gal. 1.86 lbs./gal.
225 g/l
EpoxyGrip 2130 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric
exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes
Acidic Not recommended Good Good
Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent
Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent
Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 4 to 6 mils
Wet film thickness: 5 to 8 mils
Theoretical Coverage: 270 sq. ft. @ 5 mils DFT
Primer/Substrates EpoxyGrip 2130 is normally applied directly to steel or concrete as
recommended. EpoxyGrip 2130 should be applied to cured ZincGard 1000 by
thinning one pint/gallon with Reducer 2 and applying a mist coat
approximately 3 mils wet which seals the porous inorganic zinc. The mist
coat is followed by another light coat to achieve the total desired film
thickness. Consult SSPC-PS guide 8.00 for topcoating zinc-rich primers.
EpoxyGrip 2130 is normally topcoated with an epoxy finish such as
EpoxyGrip 2000 or a urethane finish such as UreGrip 3000 or UreGrip 3300.
EpoxyGrip 2130, like other epoxies, tends to chalk and amber when exposed
to sunlight in a humid environment.
EpoxyGrip 2130 is available in red and grey. See Color Chart for
approximate color.
Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal.
Part A 1 gal. 5 gal.
Part B 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.)
Package unit 28 lbs. 140 lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal.
Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs.
Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A 108°F
Part B 80°F
Reducer 1 53°F
Reducer 2 78°F
Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to
110°F.
34
EpoxyGrip® 2130
Rev. 9/20/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1.
Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is
enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish
per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For immersion conditions,
abrasive blast to a Near-White finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain 1 ½ to 3 mil
profile. For mild environments, which do not permit abrasive blasting, Hand
Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High
Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC-SP12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended.
Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75° F and 50 % RH or the equivalent.
Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and to produce a surface
roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill
holes in order to produce a sealed surface.
Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until
uniform at the following ratio:
2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. Kit
EpoxyGrip 2100 Part A 1 gallon 5 gallon
EpoxyGrip 2130 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon
Thinning is not required for most applications; however EpoxyGrip 2130 may
be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for most applications,
however, Reducer 3 may be used when topcoating with EpoxyGrip 2130,
EpoxyGrip 2030, UreGrip 3000 or UreGrip 3300.
Thirty minutes at 75°F and less at higher temperatures.
One hour at 60°F
Two hours at 45°F
Four hours at 35°F
Material Surface Ambient
Minimum 50°F 50°F 50°
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .017”
to .021” tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface
Temperature Cure To Topcoat
35°F 16 hrs
45°F 8 hrs.
60°F 4 hrs.
75°F 2 hrs.
EpoxyGrip 2130 can be applied in a wet-on-wet manner, which eliminates the
dry time between coats when recoating with itself. When recoating with
UreGrip, EpoxyGrip 2030 should dry according to the “Cure To Topcoat”
schedule.
EpoxyGrip 2130 has a 30-day maximum recoat window. It is imperative that
chalk and surface contamination be removed prior to recoating. High pressure
washing is an acceptable method to remove chalk and surface contamination.
For applications requiring longer than 30 days, please contact US Coatings for
recommendations.
Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 3.
35
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
GlassGrip 2200
High Solids Glass Flake Epoxy
• Glass Flake pigmentation
• Excellent water resistance
• Excellent abrasion resistance
• VOC compliant
• High Solids Formulation
• Excellent build on edges
• Rapid and extended recoat windows
• Excellent wetting and adhesion properties
• Good chemical resistance
• Internally reinforced coating
A high build two-coat epoxy system used for steel surfaces requiring abrasion
and water resistance. Where exterior color fastness is required GlassGrip
2200 may be top-coated with polyurethane finishes.
Used on barge hulls, steel tanks, offshore platforms, refineries, petrochemical
plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, masonry surfaces and other
areas as recommended.
Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours
Plane blistering or rusting: none
Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794)
Direct impact 80 in-lbs.
Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4145 psi
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volume solids of
mixed material 80%+1%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1,283 sq. ft.
Volatile Organic Content
Unthinned 1.46 lbs./gal.
177 g/l
Reducer 1 @ 1 pint/gal. 2.06 lbs./gal.
249 g/l
Reducer 2 @ 1 pint/gal. 2.11 lbs./gal.
2.55 g/l
GlassGrip 2200 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric
exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes
Acidic Not recommended Excellent Excellent
Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent
Solvents Not recommended Excellent Excellent
Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 8 to 10 mils
Wet film thickness: 10 to 13 mils
Theoretical coverage: 160 sq. ft. @ 8 mils DFT
GlassGrip 2200 is normally applied directly to abrasive blasted steel with a
deep anchor pattern. GlassGrip 2200 can also be applied to cured ZincGard
1000 by thinning one pint/gallon with Reducer 2 and applying a mist coat
approximately 3mils wet which seals the porous inorganic zinc. The mist coat
is followed by another light coat to achieve the total desired film thickness.
GlassGrip 2200 is applied without a mist coat to ZincGard 1500, EpoxyGrip
2100 and MasticGrip 2500. Consult SSPC-PS Guide 8.00 for topcoating zinc-
rich primers.
GlassGrip 2200 is recommended as a single coat system in atmospheric
environments and two coats in aqueous immersion. Urethane topcoats are
recommended to control chalking of the epoxy and maintain a colorfast
system. UreGrip 3000 and UreGrip 3300 are recommended topcoats for
GlassGrip 2200.
GlassGrip 2200 is black. Other custom colors may be available upon special
request.
Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal.
GlassGrip 2200 Part A 1 gal. 5 gal.
EpoxyGrip 2000 Part B 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.)
Package unit 28 lbs. 140 lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal.
Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs.
Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A 108°F
Part B 108°F
Reducer 1 53°F
Reducer 2 100°F
Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to
110°F.
36
GlassGrip 2200
Rev. 9/20/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1.
Steel: For atmospheric service, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish per
SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For immersion service, abrasive
blast to a Near-White finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain 3 to 4 mil profile.
Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75° F and 50 % RH or the equivalent.
Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and to produce a surface
roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill
holes in order to produce a sealed surface.
Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until
uniform at the following ratio:
2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. Kit
GlassGrip 2200 Part A 1 gallon 5 gallon
EpoxyGrip 2000 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon
Thinning is not required for most applications; however GlassGrip 2200 may
be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for applications
temperatures below 70°F and Reducer 2 is recommended above 70°F.
Reducer 2 is recommended for overcoating inorganic zinc primers as well as
for brush and roller applications of GlassGrip 2200.
Three hours at 75° and less at higher temperatures.
Material Surface Ambient
Minimum 50°F 50°F 50°
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be at least 5°F above dew point to
prevent condensation.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as Binks 7E2 having double
regulated pressure pot, 3/8” I.D. material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and
air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 45:1 ratio and a .035”
to .041” tip is recommended. An inline filter is not recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on 8 mils DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface Final
Temperature To Touch To Handle Cure
50°F 12 hrs. 32 hrs. 4 days
60°F 6 hrs. 16 hrs. 2 days
70°F 3 hrs. 8 hrs. 1 day
80°F 2 hrs. 5 hrs. 12 hrs.
90°F 1 hr. 3 hrs. 6 hrs.
Final cure times are the minimum times for water immersion.
Surface Temperature Days
50°F 120
75°F 60
90°F 30
If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted
with fine aggregate to roughen the surface.
Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2.
37
Page 1 of 2
• Glass Flake pigmentation • Low Temperature Cure • Surface Tolerant • Excellent water resistance • Excellent abrasion resistance • VOC compliant • High Solids Formulation • Excellent build on edges • Rapid and extended recoat windows • Excellent wetting and adhesion properties • Good chemical resistance • Internally reinforced coating
A high build two-coat epoxy system used for steel surfaces requiring abrasion and water resistance. Where exterior color fastness is required GlassGrip 2230 may be top-coated with polyurethane finishes.
Used on barge hulls, steel tanks, offshore platforms, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, masonry surfaces and other areas as recommended.
Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours Plane blistering or rusting: none
Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 80 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4145 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250°F Non-continuous 300°F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 80%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1,283 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 1.46 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 @ 1 pint/gal. 2.06 lbs./gal. Reducer 2 @ 1 pint/gal. 2.11 lbs./gal.
GlassGrip 2230 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage FumesAcidic Not recommended Excellent Excellent Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent Solvents Not recommended Excellent Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 8 to 10 milsWet film thickness: 10 to 13 mils Theoretical coverage: 160 sq. ft. @ 8 mils DFT
GlassGrip 2230 is normally applied directly to abrasive blasted steel with a deep anchor pattern. GlassGrip 2230 can also be applied to cured ZincGard 1000 by thinning one pint/gallon with Reducer 2 and applying a mist coat approximately 3mils wet which seals the porous inorganic zinc. The mist coat is followed by another light coat to achieve the total desired film thickness. GlassGrip 2230 is applied without a mist coat to ZincGard 1500, EpoxyGrip 2100 and MasticGrip 2530. Consult SSPC-PS Guide 8.00 for topcoating zinc-rich primers.
GlassGrip 2230 is recommended as a single coat system in atmospheric environments and two coats in aqueous immersion. Urethane topcoats are recommended to control chalking of the epoxy and maintain a colorfast system. UreGrip 3000 and UreGrip 3300 are recommended topcoats for GlassGrip 2230.
GlassGrip 2230 is stocked in black. Other colors are available upon special request.
Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal. GlassGrip 2200 Base 1 gal. 5 gal. EpoxyGrip 2030 Converter 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 28 lbs. 140 lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base 94°F Converter 80°F Reducer 1 53°F Reducer 2 100°F
Shelf Life: 3 years for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
38
Rev. 1.31.14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: For atmospheric service, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For immersion service, abrasive blast to a Near-White finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain 3 to 4 mil profile. Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75° F and 50 % RH or the equivalent. Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and to produce a surface roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill holes in order to produce a sealed surface.
Power mix each component, then blend Converter into the Base and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. KitGlassGrip 2200 Base 1 gallon 5 gallon EpoxyGrip 2030 Converter 1 gallon 5 gallon
Thinning is not required for most applications; however GlassGrip 2230 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for applications temperatures below 70°F and Reducer 2 is recommended above 70°F. Reducer 2 is recommended for overcoating inorganic zinc primers as well as for brush and roller applications of GlassGrip 2230.
Thirty minutes at 75° and less at higher temperatures.
Material Surface AmbientMinimum 50°F 50°F 50° Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be at least 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as Binks 7E2 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8” I.D. material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 45:1 ratio and a .035” to .041” tip is recommended. An inline filter is not recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on 8 mils DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Final Temperature To Touch To Handle Cure 50°F 6 hrs. 8 hrs. 2 days 60°F 3 hrs. 4 hrs. 1 days 70°F 1.5 hrs. 2 hrs. 18 hrs. 80°F 1 hrs. 1.5 hrs. 12 hrs. 90°F .75 hr. 1 hr. 6 hrs.
Final cure times are the minimum times for water immersion.
Surface Temperature Days 50°F 120 75°F 60 90°F 30
If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine aggregate to roughen the surface.
Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2.
39
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
RustGrip 2300
High Solids Surface Tolerant Epoxy
Features Outstanding wetting and adhesion properties Excellent adhesion to old coatings and marginally prepared
substrates Reduces edge lifting of old coatings Outstanding flexibility Excellent as a universal primer and/or tie coat Very low stress Trace solvent Contains corrosion inhibitors Contrasting translucent yellow color
Typical Uses RustGrip 2300 is used as a universal primer over marginally prepared steel substrates and as a bonding (tie) coat over old existing, aged coatings. The outstanding wetting characteristics of RustGrip 2300 allows the coating to penetrate tightly adherent rust and voids in existing coatings to yield a sound base for a wide variety of fresh topcoats. Being solvent free, edges of existing coatings are not lifted thus reducing undercutting and peeling of the existing coating. Excellent for use as a tie coat over existing coatings, as well as over rusted and pitted steel surfaces. Excellent for use on structural steel, steel tanks, barges, water tanks, refineries petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills and others as recommended. Acceptable as a primer for drywall substrates.
Physical Data Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 160 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4664 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250°F Non-continuous 300°F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 100% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1604 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 0 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 @ 1 pint/gal. .90 lbs./gal. Reducer 2 @ 1 pint/gal. .96 lbs./gal.
Resistance Refer to desired finish coat for chemical resistance information.
Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 1 to 2 mils Wet film thickness: 1 to 2 mils Theoretical coverage: 1604 sq. ft. @ 1 mil DFT 802 sq. ft. @ 2 mils DFT
Primer/Substrates RustGrip 2300 is used primarily over Hand Tool cleaned steel where high performance is required and abrasive blasting is impractical. Should be used as a tie coat over most existing aged coatings. A test patch over aged existing coatings is recommended.
Topcoats RustGrip 2300 is typically topcoated with epoxies and / or polyurethanes such as EpoxyGrip 2100, EpoxyGrip 2000, EpoxyGrip 2200, MasticGrip 2500, UreGrip 3000 and UreGrip 3300. RustGrip 2300 may also be topcoated with alkyds, silicone alkyds, vinyls, acrylics and others as recommended.
Color RustGrip is supplied in a translucent yellow color to facilitate contrast to the substrate being coated.
Shipping Data Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal. Part A 1 gal. 5 gal. Part B 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) 2 gal. 10 gal. Package unit 20 lbs. 100 lbs
1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A <140°F Part B <140°F Reducer 1 53°F Reducer 2 100°F Shelf Life: 3 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
40
RustGrip 2300
Rev. 3/22/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS. OSHA CLASS IIIA LIQUIDS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel and Aged Galvanized: Hand Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC-SP12/NACE 5 WJ-4.
Mixing Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. Kit RustGrip 2300 Part A 1 gallon 5 gallon RustGrip 2300 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon
Thinning Thinning is not required for most applications; however RustGrip 2300 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for applications temperatures below 70°F and Reducer 2 is recommended above 70°F.
Pot Life One hour at 75° and less at higher temperatures.
Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 50°F 50° Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation.
Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .017” to .021” tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core.
Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT unthinned film. Surface Temperature To Recoat 50°F 4 days 60°F 48 hrs. 70°F 24 hrs. 80°F 12 hrs. 90°F 6 hrs.
Maximum Recoat Surface Temperature Days 50°F 120 75°F 60 90°F 30 If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine aggregate to roughen the surface.
Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2.
41
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
RustGrip 2330
High Solids Surface Tolerant Epoxy
Features• Outstanding wetting and adhesion properties
• Low temperature cure
• Excellent adhesion to old coatings and marginally prepared substrates
• Reduces edge lifting of old coatings
• Outstanding flexibility
• Excellent as a universal primer and/or tie coat
• Very low stress
• Trace solvent
• Contains corrosion inhibitors
• Contrasting translucent yellow color
RustGrip 2330 is used as a universal primer over marginally prepared steel
substrates and as a bonding (tie) coat over old existing, aged coatings. The
outstanding wetting characteristics of RustGrip 2330 allows the coating to
penetrate tightly adherent rust and voids in existing coatings to yield a sound
base for a wide variety of fresh topcoats. Being solvent free, edges of existing
coatings are not lifted thus reducing undercutting and peeling of the existing
coating.
Excellent for use as a tie coat over existing coatings, as well as over rusted
and pitted steel surfaces. Excellent for use on structural steel, steel tanks,
barges, water tanks, refineries petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars,
pulp & paper mills and others as recommended. Acceptable for drywall
substrates.
Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794)
Direct impact 160 in-lbs.
Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4664 psi
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volume solids of
mixed material 100%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1,604 sq. ft.
Volatile Organic Content
Unthinned 0 lbs./gal
0 g/l
Reducer 1 @ 1 pint/gal. .90 lbs./gal.
109 g/l
Reducer 2 @ 1 pint/gal. .96 lbs./gal.
109 g/l
Refer to desired finish coat for chemical resistance information.
Dry film thickness: 1 to 2 mils
Wet film thickness: 1 to 2 mils
Theoretical coverage: 1,604 sq. ft. @ 1 mil DFT
802 sq. ft. @ 2 mils DFT
RustGrip 2330 is used primarily over Hand Tool cleaned steel where high
performance is required and abrasive blasting is impractical. Should be used
as a tie coat over most existing aged coatings. A test patch over aged existing
coatings is recommended.
RustGrip 2330 is typically topcoated with epoxies and / or polyurethanes such
as EpoxyGrip 2100, EpoxyGrip 2000, EpoxyGrip 2200, MasticGrip 2500,
UreGrip 3000 and UreGrip 3300. RustGrip 2330 may also be topcoated with
alkyds, silicone alkyds, vinyls, acrylics and others as recommended.
RustGrip 2330 is supplied in a translucent yellow color to facilitate contrast to
the substrate being coated.
Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal.
Part A 1 gal. 5 gal.
Part B 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.) 2 gal. 10 gal.
Package unit 20 lbs. 100 lbs
1 gal. 5 gal.
Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs.
Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A above 140°F
Part B above 140°F
Reducer 1 53°F
Reducer 2 100°F
Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to
110°F.
42
RustGrip 2330
Rev. 9/19/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS. OSHA CLASS IIIA LIQUIDS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all
sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist
workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-2519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1.
Steel and Aged Galvanized: Hand Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power
Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC-
SP12/NACE 5 WJ-4.
Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until
uniform at the following ratio:
2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. Kit RustGrip 2300 Part A 1 gallon 5 gallon
RustGrip 2330 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon
Thinning is not required for most applications; however RustGrip 2330 may
be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for applications
temperatures below 70°F and Reducer 2 is recommended above 70°F.
One hour at 60° and less at higher temperatures.
Material Surface Ambient
Minimum 50°F 40°F 40°
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .017”
to .021” tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT unthinned film.
Surface
Temperature To Recoat 40°F 48 hrs.
50°F 24 hrs.
60°F 18 hrs.
70°F 12 hrs.
Surface Temperature Days
50°F 120
75°F 60
90°F 30
If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted
with fine aggregate to roughen the surface.
Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2.
43
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
EpoxyGrip® 2400
Flow Line Coating
Features• Hard, smooth coating for improved flow
• Outstanding flexibility
• Glossy finish
• ZERO VOC
• 100% Solids Formulation (replaces low solids epoxies)
• Single coat capability
• Excellent wetting and adhesion properties
• Good chemical resistance
• Contrasting red color
• Convenient 3 to 1 mix ratio
EpoxyGrip 2400 is used to line the interior of steel pipe to improve the flow
characteristics of natural gas through the pipeline. The hard, smooth surface
reduces the drag of the petroleum being pumped through the pipeline.
EpoxyGrip 2400 enhances long-term corrosion protection of the steel pipe.
Meets or exceeds the requirements of API Recommended Practice 5L2 and
International Standard ISO 15741.
Flexibility (ASTM D 522-93a) 1/2 “
Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 5354 psi
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous (short duration) 500°F
Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 100%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1,604 sq. ft.
Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 0 lbs./gal.
0 g/l
EpoxyGrip 2400 has the following resistance when the respective chemical is
mixed into the petroleum product at low concentrations. These guide
resistances are based on ambient temperatures and pressures.
Splash &
Exposure Immersion Fumes Acidic Excellent Excellent
Alkaline Excellent Excellent
Solvents Excellent Excellent
Salt water Excellent Excellent
Water Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 2 to 3 mils (unthinned)
Wet film thickness: 2 to 3 mils Theoretical coverage: 642 sq. ft. @ 2.5 mils DFT
EpoxyGrip 2400 is self-priming and used primarily over abrasive blasted
steel.
EpoxyGrip 2400 is typically applied as a single coat system without topcoats.
EpoxyGrip 2400 is supplied in a brick red color to facilitate color contrast to
the substrate.
Packaging unit 4 gal. 20 gal.
Part A 3 gal. 15 gal.
Part B 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.)
Package unit 45 lbs. 220 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A above 140°F
Part B above 140°F
Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to
110°F.
44
EpoxyGrip® 2400
Rev. 9/20/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS. OSHA CLASS IIIA LIQUIDS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all
sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist
workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1.
Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is
enhanced. For immersion conditions, abrasive blast to a Near-White finish
per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain 1 ½ to 2 mil profile.
Mix each component until uniform, then blend Part B and A together using
two 24 inch 1/8” static mixers at the following ratio:
4 Gal. Kit 20 Gal. Kit
EpoxyGrip 2400 Part A 3 gallon 15 gallon
EpoxyGrip 2400 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon
Thinning is not required for heated two-component airless applications.
Viscosity reduction is accomplished by heating the material such that the
material at the tip is 110-120°F.
Unthinned: Viscosity
100°F 15 minutes 4,000 centipoise
115°F 10 minutes 3000 centipoise
130°F 5 minutes 2000 centipoise
*Pot life is defined as the time the catalyzed mixture maintains a sprayable
viscosity.
Material Surface Ambient
Minimum 100°F 50°F 50°
Maximum 150°F 200°F 150°F
Special adjustments and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s two component, heated Xtreme Mix
with .015” tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers, which do not pull air into the
EpoxyGrip 2400.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core for touch-up only.
The following minimum times are based on a 3 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface
Temperature To Touch To Handle
50°F 16 hrs. 24hrs.
60°F 8 hrs. 12 hrs.
70°F 4 hrs. 6 hrs.
85°F 2 hrs. 3 hrs.
100°F 1 hr. 2 hrs. .
Surface Temperature Days
50°F 30
75°F 15
90°F 7
If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted
with fine aggregate to roughen the surface.
Cleanup with acetone or MEK.
45
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
MasticGrip® 2500
High Solids Aluminum Mastic Epoxy
• Surface tolerant coating
• Excellent corrosion protection
• Aluminum pigmentation / low moisture permeability
• VOC compliant
• Excellent edge protection
• Extended recoat window
• Single coat capability
• Outstanding wetting and adhesion properties
• Good chemical resistance
• Excellent Flexibility
MasticGrip 2500 provides excellent corrosion protection over tightly adhered
rust and hand tooled cleaned steel surfaces. Primarily used where abrasive
blasting is not permitted or possible. MasticGrip 2500 is widely used as a
touch-up primer for shop primed steel prior to field finishing. May be
topcoated with epoxies and/or polyurethane for extended corrosion protection
and color fastness.
Excellent for use as a spot primer on tank exteriors prior to top coating and on
structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power
plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and others as recommended.
Exceed performance requirements of SSPC Coating System No. 26.00
Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours
Plane blistering or rusting: none
Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060)
1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss
CS 17 wheel 51 mg
Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794)
Direct impact 160 in-lbs.
Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4,407 psi
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volume solids of
mixed material 80%+1%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1,283 sq. ft.
Volatile Organic Content
Unthinned 1.48 lbs./gal.
179 g/L
Reducer 1 @ 1 pint/gal. 2.07 lbs./gal.
250 g/L
Reducer 2 @ 1 pint/gal. 2.13 lbs./gal.
258 g/L
MasticGrip 2500 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric
exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes
Acidic Not recommended Good Good
Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent
Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent
Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 4 to 6 mils
Wet film thickness: 5 to 9 mils
Theoretical coverage: 257 sq. ft. @ 5 mils DFT
MasticGrip 2500 can be applied directly to properly cleaned and prepared
steel and concrete. MasticGrip 2500 can also be applied over ZincGard 1000
by thinning one pint per gallon with Reducer #2 and applying a mist coat
approximately 4 mils wet to seal the inorganic zinc. The mist coat is followed
by another light coat to gain the desired film thickness. MasticGrip 2500 can
be applied directly over ZincGard 1500. Consult SSPC-PS Guide 8.00 for top
coating zinc-rich primers.
MasticGrip 2500 is recommended as a single coat system in benign
environments as the aluminum pigmentation reduces the chalking rate of the
epoxy. MasticGrip 2500 is normally topcoated with EpoxyGrip 2000 for a
chemical resistant finish. Approved finish coats such as UreGrip 3000 or
MultiGrip 7000XP are recommended to control the erosion of the epoxy and
maintain a colorfast system.
MasticGrip 2500 is available in a matte aluminum finish. The aluminum
pigmentation provides exceptional corrosion resistance.
Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal.
Part A 1 gal. 5 gal.
Part B 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.)
Package unit 28 lbs. 140 lbs.
1 gal 5 gal.
Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs.
Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A 98°F
Part B 133°F
Reducer 1 53°F
Reducer 2 113°F
Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to
110°F.
46
MasticGrip® 2500
Rev. 9/19/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1.
Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is
enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish
per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For immersion conditions,
abrasive blast to a Near-White finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain 1 ½ to 3 mil
profile. For mild environments, which do not permit abrasive blasting, Hand
Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High
Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC-SP12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended.
Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75° F and 50 % RH or the equivalent.
Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and to produce a surface
roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill
holes in order to produce a sealed surface.
Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until
uniform at the following ratio:
2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. Kit
MasticGrip 2500 Part A 1 gallon 5 gallon
MasticGrip 2500 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon
Thinning is not required for most applications; however MasticGrip 2500 may
be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for applications
temperatures below 70°F and Reducer 2 is recommended above 70°F.
Reducer 2 is recommended for overcoating inorganic zinc primers as well as
for brush and roller applications of MasticGrip 2500.
Four hours at 75° and less at higher temperatures.
Material Surface Ambient
Minimum 50°F 50°F 50°
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .017”
to .021” tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface Final
Temperature To Touch To Handle Cure
50°F 20 hrs. 48 hrs. 10 days
60°F 10 hrs. 24 hrs. 5 days
70°F 5 hrs. 12 hrs. 3 day
80°F 3 hrs. 6 hrs. 2 day.
90°F 2 hr. 3 hrs. 1 day
MasticGrip 2500 can be applied in a wet-on-wet manner with itself or with
EpoxyGrip 2000, which eliminates the dry time between coats. When
recoating with UreGrip 3000 or MultiGrip 7000XP, MasticGrip 2500 should
dry according to the “To Handle” schedule.
MasticGrip 2500 has a 30-day recoat window. It is imperative to remove
chalk and surface contamination prior to recoating. High pressure washing is
an acceptable method of removing chalk and surface contamination. For
application requiring longer than 30 days, please contact US Coatings for
recommendations.
Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2.
47
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
MasticGrip® 2500 VOC
High Solids Aluminum Mastic Epoxy
• Surface tolerant coating
• Excellent corrosion protection
• Aluminum pigmentation / low moisture permeability
• VOC compliant
• Excellent edge protection
• Extended recoat window
• Single coat capability
• Outstanding wetting and adhesion properties
• Good chemical resistance
• Excellent Flexibility
MasticGrip 2500 VOC provides excellent corrosion protection over tightly
adhered rust and hand tooled cleaned steel surfaces. Primarily used where
abrasive blasting is not permitted or possible. MasticGrip 2500 is widely used
as a touch-up primer for shop primed steel prior to field finishing. May be
topcoated with epoxies and/or polyurethane for extended corrosion protection
and color fastness.
Excellent for use as a spot primer on tank exteriors prior to top coating and on
structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power
plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and others as recommended.
Exceed performance requirements of SSPC Coating System No. 26.00
Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours
Plane blistering or rusting: none
Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060)
1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss
CS 17 wheel 51 mg
Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794)
Direct impact 160 in-lbs.
Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4,407 psi
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volume solids of
mixed material 80%+1%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1,283 sq. ft.
Volatile Organic Content
Unthinned 0.74 lbs./gal.
90 g/l
Reducer 6 @ 1 pint/gal. 0.74 lbs./gal.
90 g/l
Reducer 8 @ 1 pint/gal. 0.74 lbs./gal.
90 g/l
MasticGrip 2500 VOC is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in
atmospheric exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Not recommended Good Good
Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent
Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent
Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 4 to 6 mils
Wet film thickness: 5 to 9 mils
Theoretical coverage: 257 sq. ft. @ 5 mils DFT
MasticGrip 2500 VOC can be applied directly to properly cleaned and
prepared steel and concrete. MasticGrip 2500 VOC can also be applied over
ZincGard 1000 by thinning one pint per gallon with Reducer #2 and applying
a mist coat approximately 4 mils wet to seal the inorganic zinc. The mist coat
is followed by another light coat to gain the desired film thickness.
MasticGrip 2500 VOC can be applied directly over ZincGard 1500. Consult
SSPC-PS Guide 8.00 for top coating zinc-rich primers.
MasticGrip 2500 VOC is recommended as a single coat system in benign
environments as the aluminum pigmentation reduces the chalking rate of the
epoxy. MasticGrip 2500 VOC is normally topcoated with EpoxyGrip 2000
for a chemical resistant finish. Approved finish coats such as UreGrip 3000 or
MultiGrip 7000XP are recommended to control the erosion of the epoxy and
maintain a colorfast system.
MasticGrip 2500 VOC is available in a matte aluminum finish. The
aluminum pigmentation provides exceptional corrosion resistance.
Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal.
Part A 1 gal. 5 gal.
Part B 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.)
Package unit 28 lbs. 140 lbs.
1 gal 5 gal.
Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs.
Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A 98°F
Part B 133°F
Reducer 1 53°F
Reducer 2 113°F
Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to
110°
48
MasticGrip® 2500 VOC
Rev. 9/19/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1.
Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is
enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish
per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For immersion conditions,
abrasive blast to a Near-White finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain 1 ½ to 3 mil
profile. For mild environments, which do not permit abrasive blasting, Hand
Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High
Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC-SP12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended.
Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75° F and 50 % RH or the equivalent.
Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and to produce a surface
roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill
holes in order to produce a sealed surface.
Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until
uniform at the following ratio:
2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. Kit
MasticGrip 2500 Part A 1 gallon 5 gallon
MasticGrip 2500 VOC Pt B. 1 gallon 5 gallon
Thinning is not required for most applications; however MasticGrip 2500 may
be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for applications
temperatures below 70°F and Reducer 2 is recommended above 70°F.
Reducer 2 is recommended for overcoating inorganic zinc primers as well as
for brush and roller applications of MasticGrip 2500 VOC.
Four hours at 75° and less at higher temperatures.
Material Surface Ambient
Minimum 50°F 50°F 50°
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .017”
to .021” tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface Final
Temperature To Touch To Handle Cure
50°F 20 hrs. 48 hrs. 10 days
60°F 10 hrs. 24 hrs. 5 days
70°F 5 hrs. 12 hrs. 3 day
80°F 3 hrs. 6 hrs. 2 day.
90°F 2 hr. 3 hrs. 1 day
MasticGrip 2500 VOC can be applied in a wet-on-wet manner with itself or
with EpoxyGrip 2000, which eliminates the dry time between coats. When
recoating with UreGrip 3000 or MultiGrip 7000XP, MasticGrip 2500 should
dry according to the “To Handle” schedule.
MasticGrip 2500 VOC has a 30-day maximum window. It is imperative to
remove chalk and surface contamination prior to recoating. High pressure
washing is an acceptable method of removing chalk and surface
contamination. For applications requiring longer than 30 days, please contact
US Coatings for recommendations.
Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2.
49
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
MasticGrip® 2530
High Solids Low Temperature Cure Aluminum Mastic Epoxy
• Low temperature cure
• Surface tolerant coating
• Excellent corrosion protection
• Aluminum pigmentation / low moisture permeability
• VOC compliant
• Excellent edge protection
• Extended recoat window
• Single coat capability
• Outstanding wetting and adhesion properties
• Good chemical resistance
• Excellent Flexibility
Typical Uses MasticGrip 2530 provides excellent corrosion protection over tightly adhered
rust and hand tooled cleaned steel surfaces in low temperature conditions.
Use of MasticGrip 2530 may extend the painting season for applications down
to 35°F. MasticGrip 2530 is primarily used where abrasive blasting is not
permitted or possible. MasticGrip 2530 is widely used as a touch-up primer
for shop primed steel prior to field finishing. May be topcoated with epoxies
and/or polyurethane for extended corrosion protection and color fastness.
Excellent for use as a spot primer on tank exteriors prior to top coating and on
structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power
plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and others as recommended.
Exceed performance requirements of SSPC Coating System No. 26.00
Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060)
1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss
CS 17 wheel 51 mg
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volume solids of
mixed material 80%+1%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1,283 sq. ft.
Volatile Organic Content
Unthinned 1.40 lbs./gal.
169 g/l
Reducer 1 @ 1 pint/gal. 2.00 lbs./gal.
242 g/l
Reducer 3 @ 1 pint/gal. 2.05 lbs./gal.
248 g/l
MasticGrip2530 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric
exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes
Acidic Not recommended Good Good
Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent
Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent
Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 4 to 6 mils
Wet film thickness: 5 to 9 mils
Theoretical coverage: 257 sq. ft. @ 5 mils DFT
MasticGrip 2530 can be applied directly over Hand Tool cleaned and prepared
steel and concrete. MasticGrip 2530 can also be applied to cured ZincGard
1000 by thinning one pint per gallon with Reducer #1 and applying a mist coat
approximately 4 mils wet which seals the porous inorganic zinc. The mist
coat is followed by another light coat to achieve the total desired film
thickness. MasticGrip2530 can be applied directly to ZincGard 1500.
Consult SSPC-PS Guide 8.00 for topcoating zinc-rich primers.
MasticGrip 2530 is recommended as a single coat system in benign
environments as the aluminum pigmentation reduces the chalking rate of the
epoxy. MasticGrip 2530 is normally topcoated with EpoxyGrip 2000 or
EpoxyGrip 2030 for chemical resistant finish. Approved finish oats such as
UreGrip 3000 or MultiGrip 7000XP are recommended to control the erosion
of the epoxy and maintain a colorfast system.
MasticGrip 2530 is available in a matte aluminum finish. The aluminum
pigmentation provides exceptional corrosion resistance.
Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal.
Part A 1 gal. 5 gal.
Part B 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.)
Package unit 28 lbs. 140 lbs.
1 gal 5 gal.
Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs.
Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A 98°F
Part B 45°F
Reducer 1 53°F
Reducer 3 78°F
Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to
110°F.
50
MasticGrip® 2530
Rev. 9/19/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; Fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1.
Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is
enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish
per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For immersion conditions,
abrasive blast to a Near-White finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain 1 ½ to 3 mil
profile. For mild environments, which do not permit abrasive blasting, Hand
Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High
Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC-SP12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended.
Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75° F and 50 % RH or the equivalent.
Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and to produce a surface
roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill
holes in order to produce a sealed surface.
Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until
uniform at the following ratio:
2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. Kit
MasticGrip 2500 Part A 1 gallon 5 gallon
MasticGrip 2530 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon
Thinning is not required for most applications; however MasticGrip 2530 may
be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for most applications,
however, reducer 3 may be used when topcoating MasticGrip 2530 with
EpoxyGrip 2030, UreGrip 3000 or UreGrip 3300.
Thirty minutes at 75°F and less at higher temperatures.
One hour at 60°F
Two hours at 45°F
Four hours at 35°F
Material Surface Ambient
Minimum 35°F 35°F 35°F
Maximum 75°F 85°F 85°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .017”
to .021” tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface
Temperature Cure To Topcoat
35°F 16 hrs.
45°F 8 hrs.
60°F 4 hrs.
75°F 2 hrs.
MasticGrip 2530 can be applied in a wet-on-wet manner with itself,
EpoxyGrip 2030 or with EpoxyGrip 2000, which eliminates the dry time
between coats. When recoating with UreGrip, MasticGrip2530 should dry
according to the “Cure To Topcoat” schedule.
MasticGrip 2530 has a 30-day recoat window. It is imperative that chalk and
surface contamination be removed prior to recoating. High pressure washing
is an acceptable method to remove chalk and surface contamination. For
applications requiring longer than 30 days, please contact US Coatings for
recommendations.
Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 3.
51
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
AquaGrip® 2600
Water Based Epoxy Coating
Features Water Based Semi-gloss finish VOC compliant High Solids Formulation Excellent build on edges Rapid and extended recoat windows Single coat capability Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Good chemical resistance
Typical Uses Used as an intermediate or topcoat over zinc rich primers for highly corrosive environments. Where exterior color fastness is required AquaGrip 2600 may be top-coated with polyurethane or acrylic finishes. Used on structural steel, steel tanks, offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, masonry surfaces and other areas as recommended. AquaGrip 2600 may be used as a surface tolerant single coat system in mild duty applications. Acceptable for drywall substrates.
Qualifications Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint 22 performance requirements.
Performance Data Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours Plane blistering or rusting: none
Physical Data Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 22 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 80 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4031 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250°F Non-continuous 300°F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 45%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 722 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned .8 lbs./gal
Resistance AquaGrip 2600 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Not recommended Good Good Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 2 to 5 mils Wet film thickness: 5 to 11 mils Theoretical coverage: 361 sq. ft. @ 2 mils DFT Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding.
Primer/Substrates AquaGrip 2600 can be applied over the following primers or directly to steel or concrete as recommended. AquaGrip 2600 should be applied to cured ZincGard 1000 by thinning one pint/gallon with potable water and applying a mist coat approximately 3mils wet which seals the porous inorganic zinc. The mist coat is followed by another light coat to achieve the total desired film thickness. AquaGrip 2600 is applied without a mist coat to ZincGard 1500, EpoxyGrip 2100 and MasticGrip 2500. Consult SSPC-PS Guide 8.00 for topcoating zinc-rich primers.
Topcoats AquaGrip 2600, like other epoxies, tends to chalk and amber when exposed to sunlight in a humid environment. Urethane and acrylic topcoats are recommended to control the erosion of the epoxy and maintain a colorfast system. UreGrip 3000, UreGrip 3300, and AquaGrip 5000 are recommended topcoat for AquaGrip 2600.
Colors AquaGrip 2600 is available in white and gray. Custom colors are available.
Shipping Data Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Part A 0.8 gal. 4 gal. Part B 0.2 gal. 1 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 12 lbs. 60 lbs.
Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A Above 200°F Part B 110°F Reducer 1 53°F Shelf Life: 1 year for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
52
AquaGrip® 2600
Rev. 3/22/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For immersion conditions, abrasive blast to a Near-White finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For mild environments, which do not permit abrasive blasting, Hand Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC-SP12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended. Chemical treatment such as phosphatizing is preferred. Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75° F and 50 % RH or the equivalent. Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and to produce a surface roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill holes in order to produce a sealed surface.
Mixing Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit AquaGrip 2600 Part A 0.8 gallon 4 gallon AquaGrip 2600 Part B 0.2 gallon 1 gallon
Thinning Thinning is not required for most applications; however AquaGrip 2600 may be thinned up to 1 quart/gal. with potable water.
Pot Life Four hours at 75° and less at higher temperatures.
Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 50°F 50° Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation.
Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .017” to .021” tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller designed for water based coatings.
Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle 50°F 8 hrs. 16 hrs. 60°F 4 hrs. 8 hrs. 70°F 2 hrs. 4 hrs. 80°F 1 hrs. 2 hrs. 90°F 1/2 hr. 1 hrs.
Maximum Recoat AquaGrip 2600 should be recoated within 30 days.
Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Methyl Ethyl Ketone.
53
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
AquaGrip® 2600 Grout
Water Based Epoxy Coating
• Water Based cement mortar
• Low odor
• VOC compliant
• Enhanced concrete adhesion
• Enhanced concrete strength
• Rapid topcoat
• Resin mixture used as the primer
Used as a concrete patching and resurfacing compound in preparation for the
concrete to receive a topcoat.
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical coverage rate of
mixed gallon of resin 120 sq. ft.
5 gallon kit with aggregate blend 1.86 cu. ft.
Volatile Organic Content
Mixed with aggregate blend 0.3 lbs./gal. 36 g/l
AquaGrip 2600 Grout is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric
exposures with recommended topcoat. The following is a guide to the proper
selection.
Splash &
Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes
Acidic Not recommended Good Good
Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent
Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent
Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 1/8 to 1 inch
Theoretical coverage: 89 sq. ft. @ 1/4” per gallon kit
The concrete surface should be primed with catalyzed AquaGrip 2600 Neat
Resin.
AquaGrip 2600 Grout can be topcoated with epoxies such as GripLine 6450
or EpoxyGrip 2000.
AquaGrip 2600 Grout is a concrete gray color.
Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal.
Part A 0.8 gal. 4 gal.
Part B 0.2 gal. 1 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.)
Package unit 12 lbs. 60 lbs.
Reducer 5 8 lbs. 40 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A Above 200°F
Part B Above 200°F
Reducer 5 0°F
Shelf Life: 1 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to
110°F.
54
AquaGrip® 2600 Grout
Rev. 9/19/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Abrasive blast to
remove all existing coating and loose concrete. Vacuum the entire surface to
remove any loose particles, dust, blast media, etc. Add vented heat and air
movement if necessary to completely dry the surface. Prime the bare concrete
surface using catalyzed AquaGrip 2600 Neat resin at the rate of 125 to 150
square feet per gallon. Only prime what the workers are capable of
resurfacing that day.
Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until
uniform at the following ratio:
1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit AquaGrip 2600 Part A 0.8 gallon 4 gallon
AquaGrip 2600 Part B 0.2 gallon 1 gallon
Sand #30-50 mesh 30 Lbs. 150 Lbs.
Portland Cement Type I 9 Lbs. 45 Lbs.
Note: Premix the sand and Portland cement for best results before adding the
Part A and Part B mixture.
Thinning is not required.
Four hours at 75° and less at higher temperatures.
Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 50°F 50°
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation.
Use an industrial grade steel trowel to apply and smooth out the grout mixture.
The following minimum times are based on a 1 inch thickness and adequate
air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface
Temperature To Topcoat
60°F 24 hrs.
75°F 12 hrs.
90°F 6 hrs.
After topcoating, allow 7 days at 75°F before putting into service.
AquaGrip 2600 Neat Resin should be topcoated within 4 hours. AquaGrip
2600 Grout should be topcoated within 30 days.
Cleanup with Reducer 5.
55
Page 1 of 2
COATINGS SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
EpoxyGrip® 22750
High Solids Epoxy Coating
• Semi-gloss finish
• VOC compliant
• High Solids Formulation
• Formulated for Mil C 22750F
• Single coat capability
• Excellent wetting and adhesion properties
• Good chemical resistance
Used as a Direct to Metal epoxy for Original Equipment Manufacturing
especially those requiring performance compliance with Mil C 22750F.
Exceeds performance requirements of MIL C 22750F.
Requirements of MIL C 22750F.
Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060)
1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss
CS 17 wheel 22 mg
Flexibility (ASTM D522) 1 inch pass
Adhesion (FED-STD 141 Method 6301) no peeling
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volume solids of
mixed material 62%+1%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 994 sq. ft.
Volatile Organic Content
Unthinned 2.7 lbs./gal.
327 g/l
EpoxyGrip 22750 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric
exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Not recommended Good Good
Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent
Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent
Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 1 to 3 mils
Wet film thickness: 2 to 5 mils
Theoretical coverage: 497 sq. ft. @ 2mils DFT
Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require
additional coats for hiding.
EpoxyGrip 22750 can be applied over the following primers or directly to
steel or concrete as recommended.
EpoxyGrip 22750, like other epoxies, tends to chalk and amber when exposed
to sunlight in a humid environment. Urethane topcoats are recommended to
control the erosion of the epoxy and maintain a colorfast system. UreGrip
3000 and UreGrip 3300 are recommended topcoat for EpoxyGrip 22750.
EpoxyGrip 22750 is available in a wide range of colors, all on special order.
Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal.
Part A .8 gal. 4 gal.
Part B .2 gal. 1gal.
Shipping weight (approx.)
Package unit 12 lbs. 60 lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal.
Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs.
Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A 23°F
Part B 45°F
Reducer 1 53°F
Reducer 2 113°F
Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to
110°F.
56
EpoxyGrip® 22750
Rev. 9/20/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1.
Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is
enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish
per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For mild environments, which
do not permit abrasive blasting, Hand Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power
Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC-
SP12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended.
Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75° F and 50 % RH or the equivalent.
Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and to produce a surface
roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill
holes in order to produce a sealed surface.
Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until
uniform at the following ratio:
1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit
EpoxyGrip 22750 Part A 0.8 gallon 4 gallon
EpoxyGrip 22750 Part B 0.2 gallon 1 gallon
Thinning is not required for most applications; however EpoxyGrip 22750
may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for application
temperatures below 70°F and Reducer 2 is recommended above 70°F.
Reducer 2 is recommended for overcoating inorganic zinc primers as well as
for brush and roller applications of EpoxyGrip 22750.
Four hours at 75° and less at higher temperatures.
Material Surface Ambient
Minimum 50°F 50°F 50°
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s King pump or better with a 56:1 ratio
and a .017” to .021” tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is
recommended. 3/8’ fittings and hose are recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface
Temperature To Touch To Handle/ Recoat 50°F 10 hrs. 24 hrs.
60°F 6 hrs. 16 hrs.
70°F 4 hrs. 8 hrs.
80°F 2 hrs. 5 hrs.
90°F 1 hr. 3 hrs.
EpoxyGrip 22750 has a 30-day maximum recoat window. It is imperative
that chalk and surface contamination be removed prior to recoating. High
pressure washing is an acceptable method to remove chalk and surface
contamination. For applications requiring longer than 30 days, please contact
US Coatings for recommendation.
Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2.
57
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
EpoxyGrip® 2900
OEM Epoxy Mastic Primer
Features High performance epoxy mastic primer VOC compliant High solids formulation Excellent build on edges Rapid and extended recoat windows Recoatable with epoxies and polyurethane Single coat capability Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Flexible film Good chemical resistance Excellent urethane gloss holdout Direct to metal capable Excellent corrosion resistance
Typical Uses EpoxyGrip 2900 is used as a rapid recoat high build primer to provide excellent corrosion protection for steel substrates. Designed to be used in interior and exterior heavy-duty service in corrosive, industrial atmospheres. Excellent for use on structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills and others as recommended. Used as a shop primer for OEM applications.
Performance Data Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours Plane blistering or rusting: none
Physical Data Adhesion (crosshatch) 4B Urethane topcoat gloss holdout Excellent Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 68 %+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1091 sq. ft Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 2.33 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 @ 1 pint/gal. 2.83 lbs./gal. Reducer 2 @ 1 pint/gal. 2.88 lbs./gal. Reducer 6 @ 1 pint/gal. 2.33 lbs./gal.
Resistance EpoxyGrip 2900 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Not recommended Good Good Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 2 to 3 mils Wet film thickness: 4 to 5 mils Theoretical Coverage: 364 sq. ft. @ 3 mils DFT
Primer/Substrates EpoxyGrip 2900 is normally applied directly to steel as recommended. Substrate should be dry and free of debris and all contaminants. A blasted profile of the substrate is recommended for optimum EpoxyGrip 2900 performance
Topcoats EpoxyGrip 2900 is normally topcoated with an epoxy finish such as EpoxyGrip 2000 or a urethane finish such as UreGrip 3900 or UreGrip 3000. EpoxyGrip 2900, like other epoxies, tends to chalk and amber when exposed to sunlight in a humid environment.
Color EpoxyGrip 2900 is available in red oxide and grey. See Color Chart for approximate color.
Shipping Data Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal. Part A 1 gal. 5 gal. Part B 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 26 lbs. 129lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 81°F Part B 106°F Reducer 1 53°F Reducer 2 113°F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
58
EpoxyGrip® 2900
Rev. 4/28/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 ½ to 3 mil profile. For mild environments, which do not permit abrasive blasting, Hand Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC-SP12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended.
Mixing Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. Kit EpoxyGrip 2900 Part A 1 gallon 5 gallon EpoxyGrip 2900 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon
Thinning Thinning is not required for most applications; however, EpoxyGrip 2900 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for applications temperatures below 70°F and Reducer 2 is recommended above 70°F. Reducer 2 is recommended for overcoating inorganic zinc primers as well as for brush and roller applications of EpoxyGrip 2900. For applications where VOC is critical, Reducer 6 is recommended up to 1 pint/gal.
Pot Life Four hours at 75° and less at higher temperatures.
Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 50°F 50° Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation.
Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .017” to .021” tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core.
Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Final Temperature To Touch To Handle Cure 50°F 12 hrs. 32 hrs. 4 days 60°F 6 hrs. 16 hrs. 2 days 70°F 3 hrs. 8 hrs. 1 day 80°F 2 hrs. 5 hrs. 12 hrs. 90°F 1 hr. 3 hrs. 6 hrs. EpoxyGrip 2900 can be applied in a wet-on-wet manner, which eliminates the dry time between coats when recoating with itself. When recoating with UreGrip 3900, EpoxyGrip 2900 should dry according to the “To Handle” schedule. EpoxyGrip 2900 may be force cured to speed topcoat application. Allow baked EpoxyGrip 2900 to achieve room temperature prior to top coat application. Contact the US Coatings Technical department for specific accelerated force cured parameters.
Maximum Recoat EpoxyGrip 2900 has a 30-day maximum recoat window. It is imperative that the chalk and surface contamination be removed prior to recoating. High pressure water washing is an acceptable method of removing chalk and surface contamination.
Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2.
59
POLYURETHANE FINISHES
POLYURETHANE FINISHES
60
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
UreGrip®
3000
Aliphatic Acrylic Urethane Finish Coating
Features • High gloss finish • Locally available color system • VOC compliant • Excellent hardness on warm surfaces • Rapid and extended recoat windows • Excellent gloss and color retention • Excellent wetting and adhesion properties • Flexible film • Low temperature cure capabilities • Rapid handling characteristics • DTM capabilities • Good chemical resistance
Typical Uses UreGrip 3000 is used as a finish coat for epoxies and polyurethane where long term color and gloss retention is desired. Used on structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, masonry surfaces and others as recommended.
Qualifications Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint Specification No. 36.
Performance Data Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 7200 hours (over ZincGard 1000/EpoxyGrip 2000) Plane blistering or rusting: none Accelerated Weathering (ASTM D 4587) 4000 hours + 82 % gloss retention Weathering (ASTM D 1014, South Florida) 6 months 100% gloss retention
Physical Data Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 60 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 60 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) Over EpoxyGrip 2100 primer 5018 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250°F Non-continuous 300°F Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 61%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 978 sq. ft Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 2.8 lbs./gal. Reducer 3 @ 1 quart/gal. 3.7 lbs./gal. Reducer 4 @ 1 quart/gal. 3.7 lbs./gal. Reducer 6 @ 3 pints/gal. 2.8 lbs./gal.
Resistance UreGrip 3000 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. UreGrip 3000 is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Good Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent
Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 2 to 3 mils Wet film thickness: 3 to 5 mils Coverage: 489 sq. ft. @ 2 mils Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding.
Primer UreGrip 3000 is normally applied to an epoxy or urethane coating. UreGrip 3000 is recommended over EpoxyGrip 2100 primer and EpoxyGrip 2000. It is also recommended as a glossy topcoat for UreGrip 3300.
Topcoats UreGrip 3000 is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is normally recoated with itself.
Colors UreGrip 3000 is available in a state-of-the-art color system providing accurate quality matches. A color chart of 100 commonly used colors is provided for your convenience. Custom colors can be computer matched.
Shipping Data Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Base 7 pts. 4.375 gal. Converter 1 pt. 5 pts. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 14 lbs. 70 lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Reducer 4 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Reducer 6 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base 82°F Converter 105°F Reducer 3 78°F Reducer 4 108°F Reducer 6 62°F Shelf Life: 3 years for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
61
UreGrip® 3000
Rev. 11/5/15 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500 fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. If the prime coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as recommended by the underlying coating.
Mixing Power mix the Base, then blend Converter into the Base and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit UreGrip 3000 Base .875 gallon 4.375 gallon UreGrip 3000 Converter .125 gallon .625 gallon
Thinning Reducer 3 is recommended for application temperatures below 70°F and Reducer 4 is recommended above 70°. Reducer 6 is recommended for applications requiring 2.8 lbs/gal. VOC.
Pot Life Three hours at 75° and less at higher temperatures.
Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 35°F 35° Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish.
Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .013” to .017” tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core.
Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle 35°F 12 hrs. 3 days 50°F 8 hrs. 32 hrs. 60°F 4 hrs. 16 hrs. 70°F 2 hrs. 8 hrs. 80°F 1 hrs. 4 hrs. 90°F 1/2 hr. 2 hrs.
Maximum Recoat UreGrip 3000 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the maximum cure of UreGrip 3000 prior to recoating with itself. However, the aged coating must be clean and free of chalk.
Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 3 or Reducer 4 or Reducer 6.
62
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
UreGrip®
3000 HS
High Solids Acrylic Urethane Finish Coating
Features • High gloss finish • Locally available color system • VOC compliant • Excellent hardness on warm surfaces • Rapid and extended recoat windows • Excellent gloss and color retention • Excellent wetting and adhesion properties • Flexible film • Low temperature cure capabilities • Rapid handling characteristics • Good chemical resistance
Typical Uses UreGrip 3000 HS is used as a finish coat for epoxies and polyurethane where long term color and gloss retention is desired. Used on structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, masonry surfaces and others as recommended.
Qualifications Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint Specification No. 36.
Performance Data Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 7200 hours (over ZincGard 1000/EpoxyGrip 2000) Plane blistering or rusting: none Accelerated Weathering (ASTM D 4587) 4000 hours + 82 % gloss retention Weathering (ASTM D 1014, South Florida) 6 months 100% gloss retention
Physical Data Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 26 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 120 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 3359) Over EpoxyGrip 2100 primer 5A Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250°F Non-continuous 300°F Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 70%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1075 sq. ft Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 2.6 lbs./gal. 315 g/l Reducer 3 @ 1 pint/gal. 3.1 lbs./gal. 375 g/l Reducer 4 @ 1 quart/gal. 3.1 lbs./gal. 375 g/l
Resistance UreGrip 3000 HS is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. UreGrip 3000HS is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Good Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent
Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 2 to 3 mils Wet film thickness: 3 to 5 mils Coverage: 561 sq. ft. @ 2 mils Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding.
Primer UreGrip 3000 HS is normally applied to an epoxy or urethane coating. UreGrip 3000 HS is recommended over EpoxyGrip 2100 primer and EpoxyGrip 2000. It is also recommended as a glossy topcoat for UreGrip 3300.
Topcoats UreGrip 3000 HS is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is normally recoated with itself.
Colors UreGrip 3000 HS will be available in a state-of-the-art color system providing accurate quality matches. A color chart of 100 commonly used colors is provided for your convenience. Custom colors can be computer matched.
Shipping Data Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Part A .8 gal.. 4 gal. Part B .2 gal. 1 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 14 lbs. 70 lbs. Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Reducer 4 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 82°F Part B 81°F Reducer 3 78°F Reducer 4 108°F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
63
UreGrip® 3000 HS
Rev. 1/4/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500 fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. If the prime coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as recommended by the underlying coating.
Mixing Power mix the Part A, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit UreGrip 3000 HS Part A .8 gallon 4 gallon UreGrip 3000 HS Part B .2 gallon 1 gallon
Thinning Reducer 3 is recommended for application temperatures below 70°F and Reducer 4 is recommended above 70°.
Pot Life Three hours at 75° and less at higher temperatures.
Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 35°F 35° Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish.
Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .013” to .017” tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core.
Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle 35°F 12 hrs. 3 days 50°F 8 hrs. 32 hrs. 60°F 4 hrs. 16 hrs. 70°F 2 hrs. 8 hrs. 80°F 1 hrs. 4 hrs. 90°F 1/2 hr. 2 hrs.
Maximum Recoat UreGrip 3000 HS is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the maximum cure of UreGrip 3000 HS prior to recoating with itself. However, the aged coating must be clean and free of chalk and surface contamination. High pressure washing is an acceptable for of removing chalk and surface contamination.
Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 3 or Reducer 4.
64
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
UreGrip®
3000 HS VOC
High Solids Acrylic Urethane Finish Coating
Features • High gloss finish • Locally available color system • VOC compliant • Excellent hardness on warm surfaces • Rapid and extended recoat windows • Excellent gloss and color retention • Excellent wetting and adhesion properties • Flexible film • Low temperature cure capabilities • Rapid handling characteristics • DTM capabilities • Good chemical resistance
Typical Uses UreGrip 3000 HS VOC is used as a finish coat for epoxies and polyurethane where long term color and gloss retention is desired. Used on structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, masonry surfaces and others as recommended.
Qualifications Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint Specification No. 36.
Performance Data Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 7200 hours (over ZincGard 1000/EpoxyGrip 2000) Plane blistering or rusting: none Accelerated Weathering (ASTM D 4587) 4000 hours + 82 % gloss retention Weathering (ASTM D 1014, South Florida) 6 months 100% gloss retention
Physical Data Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 26 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 120 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 3359) Over EpoxyGrip 2100 primer 5A Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250°F Non-continuous 300°F Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 70%+2% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 995 sq. ft Volatile Organic Content Unthinned .8 lbs./gal. 97 g/l Reducer 6 @ 1 pint/gal. .8 lbs./gal. 97 g/l Reducer 8 @ 1 quart/gal. .8 lbs./gal. 97 g/l
Resistance UreGrip 3000 HS is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. UreGrip 3000HS is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Good Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent
Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 2 to 3 mils Wet film thickness: 3 to 5 mils Coverage: 561 sq. ft. @ 2 mils Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding.
Primer UreGrip 3000 HS VOC is normally applied to an epoxy or urethane coating. UreGrip 3000 HS VOC is recommended over EpoxyGrip 2000 and as a glossy topcoat for UreGrip 3300.
Topcoats UreGrip 3000 HS VOC is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is normally recoated with itself.
Colors UreGrip 3000 HS VOC will be available in a state-of-the-art color system providing accurate quality matches. A color chart of 100 commonly used colors is provided for your convenience. Custom colors can be computer matched.
Shipping Data Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Part A .8 gal. 4 gal. Part B .2 gal. 1 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 14 lbs. 70 lbs. Reducer 6 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Reducer 8 15 lbs. 75 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 60°F Part B 60°F Reducer 6 60°F Reducer 8 109°F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
65
UreGrip® 3000 HS VOC
Rev. 12/18/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500 fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. If the prime coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as recommended by the underlying coating.
Mixing Power mix the Part A, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit UreGrip 3000 HS VOC Pt. A .8 gallon 4 gallon UreGrip 3000 HS VOC Pt. B .2 gallon 1 gallon
Thinning Reducer 3* or 6 is recommended for application temperatures below 70°F and Reducer 4* or 8 is recommended above 70°. *Reducer 3 & 4 are only recommended for not VOC exempt thinners.
Pot Life Three hours at 75° and less at higher temperatures.
Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 35°F 35° Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish.
Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .013” to .017” tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core.
Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle 35°F 12 hrs. 3 days 50°F 8 hrs. 32 hrs. 60°F 4 hrs. 16 hrs. 70°F 2 hrs. 8 hrs. 80°F 1 hrs. 4 hrs. 90°F 1/2 hr. 2 hrs.
Maximum Recoat UreGrip 3000 HS VOC is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the maximum cure of UreGrip 3000 HS VOC prior to recoating with itself. However, the aged coating must be clean and free of chalk and surface contamination. High pressure washing is an acceptable method to remove chalk and surface contamination.
Cleanup Cleanup with acetone
66
1/10/03
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
UreGrip® 3100
Direct To Metal Acrylic Urethane Finish Coating
• Direct To Metal Application
• High gloss finish
• VOC compliant
• Excellent hardness on warm surfaces
• Rapid and extended recoat windows
• Excellent gloss and color retention
• Excellent wetting and adhesion properties
• Flexible film
• Low temperature cure capabilities
• Rapid handling characteristics
• Good chemical resistance
UreGrip 3100 is used as a direct to metal, single coat system for application
over properly prepared substrates. UreGrip 3100 is used wherever a single
coat, long term color and gloss retentive coating is desired. Used by OEM’s,
and on structural steel, steel tanks, power plants, railcars and others as
recommended.
Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint Specification No. 36.
Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 500 hours
Plane blistering or rusting: none
Accelerated Weathering (ASTM D 4587) 1000 hours
+ 95 % gloss retention
Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060)
1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss
CS 17 wheel 100 mg
Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794)
Direct impact 60 in-lbs.
Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 3550 psi
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical solids content of mixed material 62 %+1%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 946 sq. ft
Volatile Organic Content
Unthinned 3.1 lbs./gal.
375 g/l
Reducer 3 @ 1 quart/gal. 3.4 lbs./gal.
412 g/l
Reducer 4 @ 1 quart/gal. 3.4 lbs./gal.
412 g/l
UreGrip 3100 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric
exposures. UreGrip 3100 is not normally recommended for immersion
service. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Spillage Fumes
Acidic Good Excellent
Alkaline Good Excellent
Solvents Good Excellent
Salt water Excellent Excellent
Water Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 3 to 5 mils
Wet film thickness: 5 to 9 mils
Coverage Rates @ 4 mils DFT Mixed Gallon: 236 sq. ft.
.875 Gallon Kit: 207 sq. ft.
4.375 Gallon Kit: 1035 sq. ft.
Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require
additional coats for hiding.
UreGrip 3100 is formulated as a Direct to Metal product normally requiring
no primer. Should a primer be desired, UreGrip 3100 may be applied over an
epoxy or urethane coatings such as EpoxyGrip 2100, or EpoxyGrip 2000.
UreGrip 3100 is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is normally
recoated with itself.
UreGrip 3100 is available in a wide variety of custom colors. Please consult
U.S. Coatings color card for color selection.
Packaging unit .875 Gallon Unit 4.375 Gallon Unit
Part A 6 pts. 3.75 gal.
Part B 1 pt. .625 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.)
Package unit 11 lbs. 55 lbs
1 gal. 5 gal.
Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs.
Reducer 4 9 lbs. 45 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A 82°F
Part B 105°F
Reducer 3 78°F
Reducer 4 108°F
Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to
110°F.
67
UreGrip® 3100
Rev. 9/19/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1.
Steel substrates:
• Abrasive blast to a commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1
to 2 mil profile.
OR
• Iron phosphatize through a 5 stage cleaning/phosphatizing system.
If the prime coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the
surface as recommended by the underlying coating.
Power mix the Part A, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform
at the following ratio:
.875 Gal Kit 4.375 Gal Kit
UreGrip 3100 Part A .750 gallon 3.75 gallon
UreGrip 3000 Part B .125 gallon .625 gallon
Reducer 3 is recommended for application temperatures below 70°F and
Reducer 4 is recommended above 70°F.
Forty-Five (45) minutes at 75°F and less at higher temperatures.
Material Surface Ambient
Minimum 50°F 35°F 35°F
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation, which may dull the finish.
Plural Component: Plural airless equipment such as Graco HydraCat or P
Mix is recommended.
Industrial Spray Equipment: Equipment such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA
and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .013”
to .017” tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 4 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface
Temperature To Touch To Handle
35°F 4 hrs. 32 hrs.
50°F 2 hrs. 16 hrs.
60°F 1 hrs. 8 hrs.
70°F 30 min. 4 hrs.
80°F 20 min. 2 hrs.
90°F 10 min. 1 hr.
UreGrip 3100 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between coats
after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the
maximum cure of UreGrip 3100 prior to recoating with itself. However, the
aged coating must be clean and free of chalk and surface contamination. High
pressure washing is an acceptable method to remove chalk and surface
contamination.
Cleanup with Reducer 3 or Reducer 4.
68
2/20/03 Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
UreGrip®
3300
High Build Aliphatic Urethane Finish Coating
Features • Five mil application in single coat • Excellent gloss and color retention • Locally available color system • Semi-gloss finish • Direct application to inorganic zincs • VOC compliant • Excellent hardness on warm surfaces • Rapid and extended recoat windows • Low temperature cure capabilities • Rapid handling characteristics • Excellent wetting and adhesion properties • DTM capabilities • Good chemical resistance
Typical Uses UreGrip 3300 is used as a finish coat for epoxies and polyurethane where long term color and gloss retention is desired. Used as an intermediate coat over zinc rich primers, both organic and inorganic, to facilitate low temperature cure applications as well as to provide extended system recoatability with either UreGrip 3000 or 3300. The semi-gloss finish provides excellent appearance for large surfaces such as tank exteriors. Excellent for use in and on structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, masonry surfaces and others as recommended.
Qualifications Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint Specification No. 36.
Performance Data Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 7200 hours (over EpoxyGrip 2100) Plane blistering or rusting: none Accelerated Weathering (ASTM D 4587) 3000 hours + 70 % gloss retention Weathering (ASTM D 1014, South Florida) 6 months 100% gloss retention
Physical Data Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 100 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 50 in-lbs.
Reverse impact 6 in-lbs. Moisture vapor transmission (ASTM F 1249) 4.5 g/m2 Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) Over EpoxyGrip 2000 4017 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250°F Non-continuous 300°F Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 57%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 914 sq. ft Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 2.8 lbs./gal. Reducer 3 @ 1 quart/gal. 3.7 lbs./gal. Reducer 4 @ 1 quart/gal. 3.7 lbs./gal.
Reducer 6 @ 3 pints/gal. 2.8 lbs./gal.
Resistance UreGrip 3300 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. UreGrip 3300 is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Good Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent
Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 3 to 5 mils Wet film thickness: 5 to 9 mils Coverage: 229 sq. ft. @ 4 mils Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding.
Primer/Substrates UreGrip 3300 can be applied over the following coatings: ZincGard 1000, ZincGard 1500, EpoxyGrip 2000, EpoxyGrip 2100 and MasticGrip 2500. UreGrip 3300 should be applied to cured ZincGard 1000 by thinning one pint/gallon with Reducer 4 and applying a mist coat approximately 4 mils wet that seals the porous inorganic zinc. The mist coat is followed by another light coat to achieve the total desired film thickness. UreGrip 3300 can be applied directly to a properly prepared substrate for recommended environments.
Topcoats UreGrip 3300 is not normally topcoated with another coating. However, it can be topcoated with UreGrip 3000 to achieve a high-gloss urethane finish.
Colors UreGrip 3300 is available in a state-of-the-art color system providing accurate quality matches. A color chart of 100 commonly used colors is provided for your convenience. Custom colors can be computer matched.
Shipping Data Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Base 7 pts. 4.375 gal. Converter 1 pt. 5 pts. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 14 lbs. 70 lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Reducer 4 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Reducer 6 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base 87°F Converter 105°F Reducer 3 78°F Reducer 4 108°F Reducer 6 62°F
69
UreGrip® 3300
Rev. 11/5/15 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Shelf Life: 3 years for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. If the prime coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as recommended by the underlying coating.
Mixing Power mix the Base, then blend Converter into the Base and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit UreGrip 3300 Base .875 gallon 4.375 gallon UreGrip 3000 Converter .125 gallon .625 gallon
Thinning Reducer 3 is recommended for application temperatures below 70°F and Reducer 4 is recommended above 70°. Reducer 6 is recommended for applications requiring 2.8 lbs/gal. VOC.
Pot Life Three hours at 75° and less at higher temperatures.
Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 35°F 35° Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish.
Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .013” to .017” tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core.
Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle 35°F 12 hrs. 3 days 50°F 8 hrs. 32 hrs. 60°F 4 hrs. 16 hrs. 70°F 2 hrs. 8 hrs. 80°F 1 hrs. 4 hrs. 90°F 1/2 hr. 2 hrs.
Maximum Recoat UreGrip 3300 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the maximum cure of UreGrip 3300 prior to recoating with itself. However, the aged coating must be clean and free of chalk.
Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 3 or Reducer 4 or Reducer 6.
70
2/20/03 Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
UreGrip®
3300 VOC
High Build Aliphatic Urethane Finish Coating
Features • Meets California VOC requirement • Excellent gloss and color retention • Locally available color system • Semi-gloss finish • Direct application to inorganic zincs • High build • Excellent hardness on warm surfaces • Rapid and extended recoat windows • Low temperature cure capabilities • Rapid handling characteristics • Excellent wetting and adhesion properties • DTM capabilities • Good chemical resistance
Typical Uses UreGrip 3300 VOC is used as a finish coat for epoxies and polyurethane where long term color and gloss retention is desired. Used as an intermediate coat over zinc rich primers, both organic and inorganic, to facilitate low temperature cure applications as well as to provide extended system recoatability with itself. The semi-gloss finish provides excellent appearance for large surfaces such as tank exteriors. Excellent for use in and on structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, masonry surfaces and others as recommended.
Qualifications Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint Specification No. 36.
Performance Data Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 7200 hours (over EpoxyGrip 2100) Plane blistering or rusting: none Accelerated Weathering (ASTM D 4587) 3000 hours + 70 % gloss retention Weathering (ASTM D 1014, South Florida) 6 months 100% gloss retention
Physical Data Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 100 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 50 in-lbs.
Reverse impact 6 in-lbs. Moisture vapor transmission (ASTM F 1249) 4.5 g/m2 Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) Over EpoxyGrip 2000 4017 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250°F Non-continuous 300°F Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 55%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 882 sq. ft Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 0.8 lbs./gal. Reducer 6 @ 1 quart/gal. 0.8 lbs./gal. Reducer 8 @ 1 quart/gal 0.8 lbs./gal
Resistance UreGrip 3300 VOC is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. UreGrip 3300 VOC is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Good Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent
Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 3 to 5 mils Wet film thickness: 5 to 9 mils Coverage: 220 sq. ft. @ 4 mils Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding.
Primer/Substrates UreGrip 3300 VOC can be applied over the following coatings: ZincGard 1000, ZincGard 1500, EpoxyGrip 2000, and MasticGrip 2500. UreGrip 3300 VOC should be applied to cured ZincGard 1000 by thinning one pint/gallon with Reducer 8 and applying a mist coat approximately 4 mils wet that seals the porous inorganic zinc. The mist coat is followed by another light coat to achieve the total desired film thickness. UreGrip 3300 VOC can be applied directly to a properly prepared substrate for recommended environments.
Topcoats UreGrip 3300 VOC is not normally topcoated with another coating. However, it can be topcoated with UreGrip 3000 to achieve a high-gloss urethane finish.
Colors UreGrip 3300 is available in a state-of-the-art color system providing accurate quality matches. A color chart of 100 commonly used colors is provided for your convenience. Custom colors can be computer matched.
Shipping Data Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Base 7 pts. 4.375 gal. Converter 1 pt. 5 pts. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 14 lbs. 70 lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 6 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Reducer 8 15 lbs. 75 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base 60°F Converter 105°F Reducer 6 60°F Reducer 8 109°F Shelf Life: 3 years for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
71
UreGrip® 3300 VOC
Rev. 10/8/15 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. If the prime coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as recommended by the underlying coating.
Mixing Power mix the Base, then blend Converter into the Base and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit UreGrip 3300 VOC Pt. A .875 gallon 4.375 gallon UreGrip 3000 Converter .125 gallon .625 gallon
Thinning Reducer 6 is recommended for application temperatures below 70°F and Reducer 8 is recommended above 70°.
Pot Life Three hours at 75° and less at higher temperatures.
Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 35°F 35° Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish.
Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .013” to .017” tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core.
Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle 35°F 12 hrs. 3 days 50°F 8 hrs. 32 hrs. 60°F 4 hrs. 16 hrs. 70°F 2 hrs. 8 hrs. 80°F 1 hrs. 4 hrs. 90°F 1/2 hr. 2 hrs.
Maximum Recoat UreGrip 3300 VOC is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the maximum cure of UreGrip 3300 VOC prior to recoating with itself. However, the aged coating must be clean and free of chalk.
Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 6 or acetone.
72
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
UreGrip® 3340
Polyaspartic Coating
• Direct to substrate application
• Outstanding adhesion
• Outstanding abrasion resistance
• Five to twenty mil application in single coat
• Excellent gloss and gloss retention
• VOC compliant
• Fast cure
• Rapid handling characteristics
• Excellent wetting and adhesion properties
• Flexible film
• HAPS free
UreGrip 3340 is used by as a coating for concrete and steel as a direct to metal
OEM coating, topcoat for various primers and coating for floors.
Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060)
1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss
CS 17 wheel 100 mg
Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794)
Direct impact 50 in-lbs.
Reverse impact 6 in-lbs
Moisture vapor transmission (ASTM F 1249) 4.5 g/m2
Adhesion (ASTM D 4541)
Over EpoxyGrip 2000 1000 psi
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 100%+1%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1604 sq ft
Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 0 lbs./gal.
0 g/l
Reducer 5 @ 1 quart/gal. 0 lbs./gal.
0 g/l
UreGrip 3340 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric
exposures. UreGrip 3340 is not normally recommended for immersion
service. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Good Excellent
Alkaline Good Excellent
Solvents Good Excellent
Salt water Excellent Excellent
Water Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 5 to 20 mils
Wet film thickness: 5 to 20 mils unthinned
Theoretical Coverage: 160 sq. ft. @ 10 mils
UreGrip 3340 can be applied directly to properly cleaned and prepared
concrete and steel as well as to existing coatings such as epoxies and
urethanes as recommended.
UreGrip 3340 is available in white and custom colors.
Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal.
Part A 0.8 gal. 4 gal.
Part B 0.2 gal. 1 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.)
Package unit 15 lbs. 75 lbs.
Reducer 5 8 lbs. 40 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A Above 200°F
Part B Above 200°F
Reducer 5 -4°F
Shelf Life: 1 year for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to
110°F in a dry area.
73
UreGrip® 3340
Rev. 9/19/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1
Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is
enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish
per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1.5 to 3 mils profile. For mild environments which
do not permit abrasive blasting, Hand tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power
Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC-SP
12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended.
Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75°F and 50% RH or equivalent.
Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and produce a surface
roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill
holes in order to produce a sealed surface.
Power mix the Part A then add the Part B at the following ratio:
1 Gal Kit 5 Gal Kit
UreGrip 3340 Part A 0.8 gallon 4 gallon
UreGrip 3340 Part B 0.2 gallon 1 gallon
Five minutes unthinned. When thinned 20% with Reducer #5 the pot-life is
extended to twenty minutes.
Material Surface Ambient
Minimum 50°F 35°F 35°F
Maximum 110°F 110°F 110°F
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Graco Extreme Airless 50:1 and a .015” to .019 spray tip is
recommended. Inline filters should be removed.
Plural Component Spray: Use of plural component application equipment is
recommended for elimination of pot life issues and minimize waste. Contact a
qualified equipment manufacturer for the proper recommendation.
Touch-up: UreGrip 3340 can be touched up on small areas with a quality
brush or roller.
The following minimum times are based on a 10 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface
Temperature To Touch To Handle
70°F 30 minutes 60 minutes
80°F 15 minutes 30 minutes
90°F 10 minutes 20 minutes
100°F 5 minutes 10 minutes
110°F 3 minutes 5 minutes
120°F 2 minutes 3 minutes
130°F 1 minute 2 minutes
Cleanup with Reducer 5 or MEK
74
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
UreGrip® 3350
Polyaspartic Finish
Features Direct-to-substrate application Five to ten mil application in single coat Excellent gloss and color retention Semi-gloss finish VOC compliant Self priming Low temperature cure capabilities Rapid handling characteristics Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Very good chemical resistance
Typical Uses UreGrip 3350 is used as a direct to substrate finish with outstanding durability and weathering characteristics. UreGrip 3350 can also be used as a topcoat for various primers. Typical usage includes direct to substrate application for compressors, pumps, valves, tanks, storage buildings and lockers, railcars and general equipment.
Performance Data Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 7200 hours (over EpoxyGrip 2100) Plane blistering or rusting: none Accelerated Weathering (ASTM D 4587) 1000 hours + 70 % gloss retention Weathering (ASTM D 1014, South Florida) 6 months 50% gloss retention
Physical Data Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 100 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 50 in-lbs. Reverse impact 6 in-lbs Moisture vapor transmission (ASTM F 1249) 4.5 g/m2 Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) Over EpoxyGrip 2000 4017 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250°F Non-continuous 300°F Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 66%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1060 sq ft Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 2.5 lbs./gal. Reducer 3 @ 1 pint/gal. 3.2 lbs./gal.
Resistance UreGrip 3350 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. UreGrip 3350 is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Good Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent
Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 5 to 10 mils Wet film thickness: 8 to 15 mils Theoretical Coverage: 212 sq. ft. @ 5 mils Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding.
Primer/Substrates UreGrip 3350 can be applied directly to properly prepared steel and concrete as well as to existing coatings such as epoxies and urethanes as recommended.
Topcoats UreGrip 3350 is not normally topcoated with another coating. However, it can be topcoated with UreGrip 3000 to achieve a high-gloss urethane finish.
Colors UreGrip 3350 is available in white and custom colors upon request.
Shipping Data Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Part A 0.8 gal. 4.0 gal. Part B 0.2 gal. 1.0 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 13 lbs. 65 lbs. 1 gal. 5 gal
Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 60°F Part B 80°F Reducer 3 78°F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
75
UreGrip® 3350
Rev.8/5/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1.5 to 3 mils profile. For mild environments which do not per abrasive blasting, Hand tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC-SP 12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended. Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75°F and 50% RH or equivalent. Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and produce a surface roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill holes in order to produce a sealed surface.
Mixing Power mix the Part A, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal Kit 5 Gal Kit UreGrip 3350 Part A .80 gallon 4.0 gallon UreGrip 3350 Part B .20 gallon 1.0 gallon
Thinning Thinning is not normally required. Use Reducer #3 up to 5% by volume, if necessary.
Pot Life One hour at 75° and less at higher temperatures.
Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 35°F 35°F Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish.
Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Graco Extreme Airless 50:1 and a .015” to .019 spray tip is recommended. Inline filters should be removed. Plural Component Spray: Use of plural component application equipment is recommended for elimination of pot life issues and minimizes waste. Contact a qualified equipment manufacturer for the proper recommendation. Touch-up: UreGrip 3350 can be touched up on small areas with a quality brush or roller.
Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle 35°F 12 hrs. 3 days 50°F 8 hrs. 32 hrs. 60°F 4 hrs. 16 hrs. 70°F 2 hrs. 8 hrs. 80°F 1 hrs. 4 hrs. 90°F 1/2 hr. 2 hrs.
Maximum Recoat UreGrip 3350 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the maximum cure of UreGrip 3350 prior to recoating with itself. However, the aged coating must be clean and free of chalk.
Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 3 or MEK
76
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
UreGrip®
3360 DTM
High Solids Polyaspartic Finish
Features • Direct-to-metal application • High build single coat capability • Excellent gloss and color retention • Gloss finish • VOC compliant • Self-priming • Low temperature cure capabilities • Rapid handling characteristics • Excellent wetting and adhesion properties • Very good chemical resistance
Typical Uses UreGrip 3360 is used as a direct to substrate finish with outstanding durability and weathering characteristics. UreGrip 3360 can also be used as a topcoat for various primers. Typical usage includes direct to substrate application for compressors, pumps, valves, tanks, storage buildings and lockers, railcars and general equipment.
Performance Data Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 7200 hours (over EpoxyGrip 2100) Plane blistering or rusting: none Accelerated Weathering (ASTM D 4587) 1000 hours + 70 % gloss retention
Physical Data Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 100 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 50 in-lbs. Reverse impact 6 in-lbs Moisture vapor transmission (ASTM F 1249) 4.5 g/m2 Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) Over EpoxyGrip 2000 4017 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250°F Non-continuous 300°F Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 86%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1060 sq ft Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 1.8 lbs./gal. Reducer 3 @ 1 pint/gal. 2.8 lbs./gal.
Resistance UreGrip 3360 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. UreGrip 3360 is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Good Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent
Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 3 to 8 mils Wet film thickness: 4 to 9 mils Theoretical Coverage: 342 sq. ft. @ 4 mils Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding.
Primer/Substrates UreGrip 3360 can be applied directly to properly prepared steel and concrete as well as to existing coatings such as epoxies and urethanes as recommended. It may also be applied to an epoxy or zinc rich primer for increased corrosion protection.
Topcoats UreGrip 3360 is not normally topcoated with another coating.
Colors UreGrip 3350 is available in white and custom colors upon request.
Shipping Data Packaging unit 1 gal. 4 gal. Part A 0.75 gal. 3.0 gal. Part B 0.25 gal. 1.0 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 12.0 lbs. 48.0 lbs. 1 gal. 4.0 gal
Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 60°F Part B 80°F Reducer 3 78°F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
77
UreGrip® 3360
Rev. 1/6/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1.5 to 3 mils profile. For mild environments which do not per abrasive blasting, Hand tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2, Power Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 3 or High Pressure Water cleaning per SSPC-SP 12/NACE 5 WJ-4 is recommended. Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75°F and 50% RH or equivalent. Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and produce a surface roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill holes in order to produce a sealed surface.
Mixing Power mix the Part A, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal Kit 4 Gal Kit UreGrip 3360 Part A .75 gallon 3.0gallon UreGrip 3360 Part B 0.25gallon 1.0 gallon
Thinning Thinning is not normally required. Use Reducer #3 up to 5% by volume, if necessary.
Pot Life Two hours at 75° and less at higher temperatures.
Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 35°F 35°F Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish.
Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Graco Extreme Airless 50:1 and a .015” to .019 spray tip is recommended. Inline filters should be removed. Plural Component Spray: Use of plural component application equipment is recommended for elimination of pot life issues and minimizes waste. Contact a qualified equipment manufacturer for the proper recommendation. Touch-up: UreGrip 3360 can be touched up on small areas with a quality brush or roller.
Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle 35°F 12 hrs. 18 hrs. 50°F 8 hrs. 12 hrs. 60°F 4 hrs. 6 hrs. 70°F 2 hrs. 4 hrs. 80°F 1 hrs. 3 hrs. 90°F 1/2 hr. 2 hrs. *Curing times may be accelerated at bake temperatures @140 F for 10-20 min based on RH conditions.
Maximum Recoat UreGrip 3360 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between coats after weathering. Maximum recoat time is 24 hours. If applying another coat after maximum recoat time, the surface needs to be sanded to ensure proper adhesion. If recoating aged material,, the coating must be clean and free of chalk.
Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 3 or MEK
78
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
UreGrip®
3375
Polyaspartic Coating
Features Direct to substrate application Outstanding adhesion One to five mil application in single coat Excellent gloss VOC compliant Fast cure Rapid handling characteristics Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Flexible film HAPS free
Typical Uses UreGrip 3375 is used by as a coating for various substrates to provide color and adhesive for glass beads resulting in a reflective tape. Typical applications include highway marking and road signs.
Physical Data Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 100 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 50 in-lbs. Reverse impact 6 in-lbs Moisture vapor transmission (ASTM F 1249) 4.5 g/m2 Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) Over EpoxyGrip 2000 1000 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250°F Non-continuous 300°F Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 75%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1203 sq ft Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 0 lbs./gal. Reducer 5 @ 1 quart/gal. 0 lbs./gal.
Resistance UreGrip 3375 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. UreGrip 3375 is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Good Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent
Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 1.5 mils Wet film thickness: 2 mils Theoretical Coverage: 802 sq. ft. @ 1.5 mils
Primer/Substrates UreGrip 3375 can be applied directly to properly cleaned and chemically prepared aluminum foil, fabric and rubber.
Colors UreGrip 3375 is available in white and safety yellow.
Shipping Data Packaging unit 10 gal. 100 gal. Base 5 gal. 50 gal. Converter 5 gal. 50 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 150 lbs. 1500 lbs. Reducer 5 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base > 200°F Converter -4°F Reducer 5 -4°F Shelf Life: 1 year for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F in a dry area.
79
UreGrip® 3375
Rev. 1/31/14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
2303 Weldon Parkway, St. Louis, MO 63146 phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com
Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1
Mixing Power mix the Base, premix Converter with Reducer #5 then blend into the Base and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 10 Gal Kit 100 Gal Kit UreGrip 3375 Base 5gallon 500 gallon UreGrip 3375 Converter 5 gallon 50 gallon Reducer #5 1 gallon 5 gallon
Pot Life Twenty minutes at 75° and less at higher temperatures when thinned.
Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 35°F 35°F Maximum 110°F 110°F 110°F
Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Graco Extreme Airless 50:1 and a .015” to .019 spray tip is recommended. Inline filters should be removed. Plural Component Spray: Use of plural component application equipment is recommended for elimination of pot life issues and minimize waste. Contact a qualified equipment manufacturer for the proper recommendation. Touch-up: UreGrip 3375 can be touched up on small areas with a quality brush or roller.
Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 1.5 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle 70°F 30 minutes 60 minutes 80°F 15 minutes 30 minutes 90°F 10 minutes 20 minutes 100°F 5 minutes 10 minutes 110°F 3 minutes 5 minutes 120°F 2 minutes 3 minutes 130°F 1 minute 2 minutes
Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 5 or MEK.
80
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
UreGrip®
3510
Direct To Metal Polyaspartic Ester
Features Direct To Metal Application High gloss finish No volatile solvent Rapid cure Excellent gloss and color retention Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Flexible film Low temperature cure capability Good chemical resistance
Typical Uses UreGrip 3510 is used as Direct To Metal, single coat system for application over properly prepared substrates. UreGrip 3510 is used wherever a single coat, long term color and gloss retentive coating is desired. Used by OEM’s, and on structural steel, steel tanks, power plants, railcars and others as recommended.
Performance Data Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 500 hours Plane blistering or rusting: none Accelerated Weathering (ASTM D 4587) 1000 hours + 95 % gloss retention
Physical Data Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 100 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 60 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 3550 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250°F Non-continuous 300°F Theoretical solids content of mixed material 100%-1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1604 sq. ft Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 0 lbs./gal.
Resistance UreGrip 3510 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. UreGrip 3510 is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Good Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent
Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 5 mils Wet film thickness: 5 mils Coverage Rates @ 5 mils DFT (Mixed Gallon): 321 sq. ft. Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding.
Primer UreGrip 3510 is formulated as a Direct to Metal product normally requiring no primer. Should a primer be desired, UreGrip 3510 may be applied over an epoxy or urethane coatings such as EpoxyGrip 2100, or EpoxyGrip 2000.
Topcoats UreGrip 3510 is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is normally recoated with itself.
Colors UreGrip 3510 is available in a wide variety of custom colors. Please consult U.S. Coatings color card for color selection.
Shipping Data Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit Base drum 760 lbs Converter drum 490 lbs Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base Above 200°F Converter Above 200°F Shelf Life: 3 years for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
81
UreGrip® 3510
Rev. 1/31/14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
2303 Weldon Parkway, St. Louis, MO 63146 phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com
Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel substrates:
Abrasive blast to a commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1 to 2 mil profile.
OR Iron phosphatize through a 5 stage cleaning/phosphatizing system.
If the prime coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as recommended by the underlying coating.
Mixing Power mix the Base, then blend Converter into the Base and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1.4 Gallon Mix UreGrip 3510 Base 1.0 gallon UreGrip 3500 Converter .4 gallon
Thinning Thinning is not normally recommended.
Pot Life Twenty minutes at 75°F and less at higher temperatures.
Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 35°F 35°F Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish.
Application Equipment Plural Component: Plural airless equipment such as Graco HydraCat or P Mix is recommended.
Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle 60°F 4 hours 8 hours 70°F 2 hours 4 hours 80°F 11/2 hours 3 hours 90°F 1 hour 2 hours
Maximum Recoat UreGrip 3510 should be roughened is the recoat time exceeds 7 days at 75°F.
82
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
UreGrip® 3900
Aliphatic Acrylic Urethane Finish Coating
Features High gloss finish VOC compliant Rapid and extended recoat windows Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Flexible film Low temperature cure capabilities Rapid handling characteristics Good chemical resistance Excellent gloss and color retention Low pressure application Excellent distinct of image quality (DOI) DTM capabilities
Typical Uses UreGrip 3900 is used as a finish coat for epoxies and polyurethane where long term color and gloss retention is desired. Used on structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, masonry surfaces and others as recommended. UreGrip 3900 can also be used as a OEM and shop finish coating.
Physical Data
Adhesion (crosshatch) 4B minimumGloss (60°) 90 min MAK Resistance (100 double rubs) Excellent
Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 76%+1%Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1219 sq. ftVolatile Organic Content
Unthinned 1.8 lbs./gal.Reducer 3 @ 1 pint/gal. 2.2 lbs./gal.Reducer 4 @ 1 pint/gal. 2.3 lbs./gal.
Resistance UreGrip 3900 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. UreGrip 3900 is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &Exposure Spillage FumesAcidic Good ExcellentAlkaline Good ExcellentSolvents Good ExcellentSalt water Excellent ExcellentWater Excellent Excellent
Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 2 to 3 milsWet film thickness: 3 to 5 milsCoverage: 610 sq. ft. @ 2 milsNote: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding.
Primer UreGrip 3900 is normally applied over an epoxy or urethane coating. UreGrip 3900 is recommended over EpoxyGrip 2900 primer, MultiGrip 7010and EpoxyGrip 2000 primer, and universal shop primers. It is also recommended as a glossy topcoat for UreGrip 3300.
For DTM capabilities, please contact the US Coatings technical department regarding specific parameters for DTM application
Topcoats UreGrip 3900 is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is normally recoated with itself.
Colors UreGrip 3900 is available in in a state of the art color system providing accurate, quality matches. A color chart of 100 commonly used colors is provided for your convenience. Custom colors can be computer matched.
Shipping Data Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal.
Part A 4 pts. 4 gal.Part B 1 pt. 1 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.)Package unit 11 lbs. 55 lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal.Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs.Reducer 4 9 lbs. 45 lbs.Reducer 6 8 lbs. 40 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)Part A 82°FPart B 105°FReducer 3 78°FReducer 4 108°FReducer 6 62°F
Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. If the prime coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as recommended by the underlying coating.
Mixing Power mix the Part A, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio:
1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. KitUreGrip 3900 Part A .80 gallon 4 gallonsUreGrip 3900 Part B .20 gallon 1 gallon
Thinning Reducer 3 is recommended for application temperatures below 70°F and Reducer 4 is recommended above 70°.
83
UreGrip® 3900
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500 fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Pot Life 90-minute pot life at 75°F and less at higher temperatures. Usage of the L40Accelerator will decrease the pot life. Using 0.5 oz./gallon, the pot life decreases to 45 minutes and using 1.0 oz./gallon will decrease the pot life to 30 minutes.
Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient
Minimum 50°F 35°F 35°Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°FSpecial thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish.
Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .013” to .017” tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended.Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core.
Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times.SurfaceTemperature To Touch To Handle
35°F 24 hrs. 3 days50°F 16 hrs. 32 hrs.60°F 8 hrs. 16 hrs.70°F 4 hrs. 8 hrs.80°F 2 hrs. 4 hrs.90°F 1 hr. 2 hrs.
With G76 Accelerator at 70°F0.5 oz./gallon 2 hrs. 6 hrs.1.0 oz./gallon 1.5 hrs. 3 hrs.
Note: With G76 Accelerator usage, pot life will decrease. 40 min pot life with 0.5 oz./gallon and 30 min pot life with 1.0 oz./gallon
Maximum Recoat UreGrip 3900 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the maximum cure of UreGrip 3900 prior to recoating with itself. However, the aged coating must be clean and free of chalk.
Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 3 or Reducer 4 or Reducer 6.
Rev. 6/16/17CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
84
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
UreGrip® SafetyGlo
Luminescent Urethane Finish Coating
Features Luminescent Coating Excellent for safety makings Rapid and extended recoat windows Excellent gloss and color retention Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Flexible film Low temperature cure capabilities Rapid handling characteristics DTM capabilities Good chemical resistance
Typical Uses UreGrip SafetyGlo is used as a finish coat for marking of safety zones on walkways, curbs, drives and signs. Glows in the dark for hours after exposure to sunlight or artificial light
Qualifications Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint Specification No. 36.
Performance Data Accelerated Weathering (ASTM D 4587) 4000 hours + 82 % gloss retention Weathering (ASTM D 1014, South Florida) 6 months 100% gloss retention
Physical Data Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 60 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 60 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) Over EpoxyGrip 2100 primer 5018 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250°F Non-continuous 300°F Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 64%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1039 sq. ft Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 2.6 lbs./gal. 315 g/L Reducer 3 @ 1 quart/gal. 3.5 lbs./gal. 424 g/L Reducer 4 @ 1 quart/gal. 3.5 lbs./gal. 424 g/L
Resistance UreGrip SafetyGlo is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric exposures. UreGrip SafetyGlo is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash &
Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Good Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent
Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 2 to 2.5 mils Wet film thickness: 4 to 5 mils Coverage: 519 sq. ft. @ 2 mils Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain applications may require additional coats.
Primer UreGrip SafetyGlo is normally applied to a white epoxy or urethane coating. UreGrip SafetyGlo is recommended over EpoxyGrip 2100 primer and EpoxyGrip 2000
Topcoats UreGrip SafetyGlo is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is normally recoated with itself.
Colors UreGrip SafetyGlo is available in a pale yellow and works well over a white primer.
Shipping Data Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Part A 0.8 gal. 4 gal.. Part B 0.2 gal 1 gal Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 11 lbs. 55 lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Reducer 4 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A 82°F Part B 105°F Reducer 3 78°F Reducer 4 108°F Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. If the prime coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as recommended by the underlying coating.
85
UreGrip® SafetyGlo
Rev. 9/26/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500 fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Mixing Power mix the Part A, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit UreGrip SafetyGlo Part A .80 gallon 4 gallons UreGrip SafetyGlo Part B .20 gallon 1 gallon
Thinning Reducer 3 is recommended for application temperatures below 70°F and Reducer 4 is recommended above 70°.
Pot Life Three hours at 75° and less at higher temperatures.
Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 35°F 35° Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish.
Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .013” to .017” tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core.
Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle 65°F 2 hrs. 8 hrs. 75°F 1 hrs. 4 hrs. 85°F 45 mins 3 hrs.
Maximum Recoat UreGrip SafetyGlo is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the maximum cure of UreGrip SafetyGlo prior to recoating with itself. However, the aged coating must be clean and free of chalk and surface contamination. High pressure washing is an acceptable method to remove chalk and surface contamination.
Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 3 or Reducer 4.
86
HIGH TEMPERA-TURE COATINGS
HIGH TEMPERATURE COATINGS
87
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
HeatGrip 4127
High Temperature Coating Under Insulation
Features Prevents corrosion under Insulation Single Package VOC compliant Withstands 1200°F temperature Direct to metal capability over properly prepared carbon and
stainless steel Good thermal shock resistance
Typical Uses HeatGrip is used as a coating system for insulated hot piping, for stack exteriors, uninsulated hot piping, furnaces, exhaust pipes, mufflers and other steel substrates operating at temperatures up to 1200°F. HeatGrip 4127 may be applied direct to properly prepared carbon and stainless steel.
Physical Data Pencil Hardness (450°F cure) 4 H Pencil Hardness (ambient cure) Soft to 4B Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 300 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 1000°F Non-continuous 1200°F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 52%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 834 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 3.5 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 @ 1 pint/gal. 2.9 lbs./gal. Reducer 2 @ 1 pint/gal. 3.0 lbs./gal. Reducer 7 @ 1 pint/gal. 3.0 lbs./gal.
Resistance HeatGrip 4127 is designed for elevated temperatures and exposures to mild chemical fumes under typical atmospheric conditions. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Not recommended Poor Fair Alkaline Not recommended Poor Fair Solvents Not recommended Poor Good Salt water Not recommended Excellent Excellent Water Not recommended Excellent Excellent
Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 5 mils Wet film thickness: 10 mils Theoretical coverage: 167 mils sq ft @ 5 mils DFT Note: Two coats are recommended over properly prepared steel substrates for most applications.
Primer/Substrates HeatGrip 4127 may be applied directly to properly prepared steel substrates.
Colors Gray and Black
Shipping Data Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 17 lbs. 85 lbs. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Reducer 7 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) HeatGrip 4127 77°F Reducer 1 53°F Reducer 2 100°F Reducer 7 87°F Shelf Life: 8 months when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
88
HeatGrip 4127
Rev. 1/31/14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
2303 Weldon Parkway, St. Louis, MO 63146 phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com
Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with a solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Commercial finish per SSPC-SP 6 to obtain a 1.5 to 2.5 mil profile. Do not use chlorinated solvents on stainless steel surfaces.
Mixing Power mix HeatGrip 4127 prior to thinning and application.
Thinning Thinning is not required for most applications; however HeatGrip 4127 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for applications temperatures below 70°F and Reducer 2 is recommended above 70°F. Reducer 2 is recommended for brush and roller applications of HeatGrip 4127. Reducer #7 is recommended for applications to hot steel up to 500°F.
Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 50°F 50° Maximum 130°F 500°F 110°F Special thinning and application procedures are required for temperatures above 200°F. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation.
Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .017” to .021” tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. Use only natural bristle brushes and mohair roller covers.
Drying Time The following minimum times are based on 5 mils DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle To Recoat 50°F 12 hrs. 48 hrs. 12 hrs 70°F 2 hrs. 24 hrs. 6 hrs 90°F 1 hr. 12 hrs. 3 hr To achieve full hardness, a heat cure of 350°F minimum is required.
Maximum Recoat HeatGrip 4127 can be recoated with itself at any time prior to heat curing by simply removing dirt and contamination of the existing coat. If HeatGrip 4127 is fully cured, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine aggregate to roughen the surface. On hot surfaces, apply multiple thin coats (mist coat) of HeatGrip 4127 to prevent blistering. If blisters do occur, immediately brush out the blisters before they set.
Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2.
89
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
HeatGrip 4200
High Temperature Silicone
Features Topcoat for Inorganic Zincs Single Package VOC compliant Withstands 1200°F intermittent temperature Direct to metal capability over properly prepared carbon steel and
stainless steel substrates Good chemical resistance
Typical Uses HeatGrip is used as a finish coat for stack exteriors, hot piping, furnaces, exhaust pipes, mufflers and other steel substrates operating at temperatures up to 1200°F. HeatGrip 4200 may be applied direct to properly prepared carbon steel and stainless steel surfaces. Use of ZincGard 1000 inorganic zinc as the prime coat will provide outstanding corrosion resistance during periods of shutdown or when operating at less than 200°F
Performance Data Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours (over ZincGard 1000) Plane blistering or rusting: none
Physical Data Pencil Hardness (450°F cure) 4 H Pencil Hardness (ambient cure) Soft to 4B A Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 75°F Cured System 59 300°F Cured System 52 Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 300 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 1000°F Non-continuous 1200°F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 65%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1042 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 2.5 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 @ 1 pint/gal. 2.9 lbs./gal. Reducer 2 @ 1 pint/gal. 3.0 lbs./gal. Reducer 7 @ 1 pint/gal. 3.0 lbs./gal.
Resistance HeatGrip 4200 is designed for elevated temperatures and exposures to mild chemical fumes under typical atmospheric conditions. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Not recommended Poor Fair Alkaline Not recommended Poor Fair Solvents Not recommended Good Good Salt water Not recommended Good Very Good Water Not recommended Good Very Good
Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 2.0 mils Wet film thickness: 3.0 mils Theoretical coverage: 521 mils DFT Note: Two coats are recommended over properly prepared steel substrates. One coat is recommended over inorganic zinc primers. Excessive film thickness over inorganic zinc primer can cause topcoat blistering and delamination when the system is exposed to a rapid rise in surface temperature.
Primer/Substrates HeatGrip 4200 may be applied directly to properly prepared steel substrates. For outstanding performance under cycling conditions, HeatGrip 4200 should be applied over ZincGard 1000 inorganic zinc. Excessive thickness over inorganic zinc can result in blistering and delamination when the temperature is increased.
Colors Silver aluminum
Shipping Data Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 12 lbs. 60 lbs. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) HeatGrip 4200 77°F Reducer 1 53°F Reducer 2 100°F Reducer 7 87°F Shelf Life: 3 years when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
90
HeatGrip 4200
Rev. 1/31/14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
2303 Weldon Parkway, St. Louis, MO 63146 phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com
Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with a solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Near-White metal finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain a 1 ½ mil profile.
Mixing Power mix HeatGrip 4200 prior to thinning and application.
Thinning Thinning is not required for most applications; however HeatGrip 4200 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for applications temperatures below 70°F and Reducer 2 is recommended above 70°F. Reducer 2 is recommended for overcoating inorganic zinc primers as well as for brush and roller applications of HeatGrip 4200. Reducer #7 is recommended for hot, windy conditions.
Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 50°F 50° Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation.
Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .017” to .021” tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core.
Drying Time The following minimum times are based on 1.5 mils DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle To Recoat 50°F 12 hrs. 32 hrs. 12 hrs 60°F 6 hrs. 16 hrs. 6 hrs 70°F 3 hrs. 8 hrs. 3 hrs 80°F 2 hrs. 5 hrs. 2 hrs 90°F 1 hr. 3 hrs. 1 hr HeatGrip 4200 remains soft to the fingernail after ambient cure. To achieve full hardness, a heat cure of 350°F minimum is required. To prevent blistering of the film, the following curing schedule is recommended: Air dry according to the above “To Handle” schedule followed by a slow increase in temperature at the rate of 100°F per hour until 350°F is reached. Hold at this temperature for 2 hours.
Maximum Recoat HeatGrip 4200 can be recoated with itself at any time prior to heat curing by simply removing dirt and contamination of the existing coat. If HeatGrip 4200 is fully cured, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine aggregate to roughen the surface.
Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2.
91
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
HeatGrip 4750
High Temperature Silicone
Features High temperature topcoat for Inorganic Zincs Single Package VOC compliant for high temperature coatings Withstands 750°F continuous temperature Direct to metal capability over properly prepared carbon steel and
stainless steel substrates Good chemical resistance Air dry hardness
Typical Uses Used as a finish coat for stack exteriors, hot piping, furnaces, exhaust pipes, mufflers and other steel substrates operating at temperatures up to 750°F. HeatGrip 4750 may be applied direct to properly prepared carbon steel and stainless steel surfaces. Use of ZincGard 1000 inorganic zinc as the prime coat will provide outstanding corrosion resistance during periods of shutdown or when operating at less than 200°F
Performance Data Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours (over ZincGard 1000) Plane blistering or rusting: none
Physical Data Pencil Hardness (450°F cure) 4 H Pencil Hardness (ambient cure) Soft to 4B Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 300 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 750°F Non-continuous 800°F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 65%+2% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1042 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 2.5 lbs./gal. Reducer 1 @ 1 pint/gal. 2.7 lbs./gal. Reducer 2 @ 1 pint/gal. 2.7 lbs./gal.
Resistance HeatGrip 4750 is designed for elevated temperatures and exposures to mild chemical fumes under typical atmospheric conditions. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Not recommended Poor Fair Alkaline Not recommended Poor Fair Solvents Not recommended Good Good Salt water Not recommended Good Very Good Water Not recommended Good Very Good
Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 1.5 mils Wet film thickness: 3.0 mils Theoretical coverage: 695 sq. ft.@ 1.5 mils DFT Note: Two coats are recommended over properly prepared steel substrates. One coat is recommended over inorganic zinc primers. Excessive film thickness over inorganic zinc primer can cause topcoat blistering and delamination when the system is exposed to a rapid rise in surface temperature.
Primer/Substrates HeatGrip 4750 may be applied directly to properly prepared steel substrates. For outstanding performance under cycling conditions, HeatGrip 4750 should be applied over ZincGard 1000 inorganic zinc. Excessive thickness over inorganic zinc can result in blistering and delamination when the temperature is increased.
Colors Black & Aluminum standard. Custom colors are available however, the temperature restrictions may vary with color.
Shipping Data Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 12 lbs. 60 lbs. Reducer 1 8 lbs. 40 lbs. Reducer 2 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) HeatGrip 4750 59°F Reducer 1 53°F Reducer 2 100°F Shelf Life: 3 years when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
92
HeatGrip 4750
Rev 1/31/14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
2303 Weldon Parkway, St. Louis, MO 63146 phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com
Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with a solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Near-White metal finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain a 1 ½ mil profile.
Mixing Power mix HeatGrip 4750 prior to thinning and application.
Thinning Thinning is not required for most applications; however HeatGrip 4750 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. Reducer 1 is recommended for applications temperatures below 70°F and Reducer 2 is recommended above 70°F. Reducer 2 is recommended for overcoating inorganic zinc primers as well as for brush and roller applications of HeatGrip 4750.
Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 50°F 50° Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation.
Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .017” to .021” tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core.
Drying Time The following minimum times are based on 1.5 mils DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle To Recoat 50°F 12 hrs. 32 hrs. 12 hrs 60°F 6 hrs. 16 hrs. 6 hrs 70°F 3 hrs. 8 hrs. 3 hrs 80°F 2 hrs. 5 hrs. 2 hrs 90°F 1 hr. 3 hrs. 1 hr HeatGrip 4750 remains soft to the fingernail after ambient cure. To achieve full hardness, a heat cure of 350°F minimum is required. To prevent blistering of the film, the following curing schedule is recommended: Air dry according to the above “To Handle” schedule followed by a slow increase in temperature at the rate of 100°F per hour until operating temperature is reached.
Maximum Recoat HeatGrip 4750 can be recoated with itself at any time prior to heat curing by simply removing dirt and contamination of the existing coat. If HeatGrip 4750 is fully cured, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine abrasive to roughen the surface.
Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 1 or Reducer 2.
93
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
HeatGrip 4950
Water Borne High Temperature Silicone
Features
High temperature topcoat Water Borne Single Package VOC compliant for high temperature coatings Withstands 950°F continuous temperature Direct to metal capability over properly prepared carbon steel and
stainless steel substrates Good chemical resistance Air dry hardness
Typical Uses Used as a finish coat for fans, stack exteriors, hot piping, furnaces, exhaust pipes, mufflers and other steel substrates operating at temperatures up to 950°F. HeatGrip 4950 may be applied direct to properly prepared carbon steel and stainless steel surfaces. Use of ZincGard 1000 inorganic zinc as the prime coat will provide outstanding corrosion resistance during periods of shutdown or when operating at less than 200°F
Performance Data (typical) Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours (over ZincGard 1000) Plane blistering or rusting: none
Physical Data Pencil Hardness (450°F cure) 4 H Pencil Hardness (ambient cure) Soft to 4B Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 300 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 950°F Non-continuous 1000°F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 32%+2% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 513 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned as supplied 0.1 lbs./gal.
Resistance HeatGrip 4950 is designed for elevated temperatures and exposures to mild chemical fumes under typical atmospheric conditions. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Not recommended Poor Fair Alkaline Not recommended Poor Fair Solvents Not recommended Good Good Salt water Not recommended Good Very Good Water Not recommended Good Very Good
Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 1.0 to 1.5 mils Wet film thickness: 3 to 5 mils Theoretical coverage: 513 sq. ft.@ 1.0 mils DFT Note: Two coats are recommended over properly prepared steel substrates. One coat is recommended over inorganic zinc primers. Excessive film thickness over inorganic zinc primer can cause topcoat blistering and delamination when the system is exposed to a rapid rise in surface temperature.
Primer/Substrates HeatGrip 4950 may be applied directly to properly prepared steel substrates. For outstanding performance under cycling conditions, HeatGrip 4750 can be applied over ZincGard 1000 inorganic zinc. Excessive thickness over inorganic zinc can result in blistering and delamination when the temperature is increased.
Colors Black is standard. Custom colors are available however; the temperature restrictions may vary with color.
Shipping Data Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 11 lbs. 55 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) HeatGrip 4950 Above 200°F (water based) Shelf Life: 1 year when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
94
HeatGrip 4950
Rev. 1/31/14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
2303 Weldon Parkway, St. Louis, MO 63146 phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com
Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with a solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Abrasive blasting is preferred when possible as the performance is enhanced. For normal environments, abrasive blast to a Near-White metal finish per SSPC-SP 10 to obtain a 1 ½ mil profile. HeatGrip 4950 can be applied over phosphatize steel.
Mixing Power mix HeatGrip 4950 prior to thinning and application.
Thinning Thinning is not required for most applications; however HeatGrip 4950 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. with clean potable water.
Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 50°F 50° Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation.
Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .017” to .021” tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core.
Drying Time The following minimum times are based on 1.5 mils DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle To Recoat 50°F 12 hrs. 32 hrs. 12 hrs 60°F 6 hrs. 16 hrs. 6 hrs 70°F 3 hrs. 8 hrs. 3 hrs 80°F 2 hrs. 5 hrs. 2 hrs 90°F 1 hr. 3 hrs. 1 hr HeatGrip 4950 remains soft to the fingernail after ambient cure. To achieve full hardness, a heat cure of 350°F minimum is required. To prevent blistering of the film, the following curing schedule is recommended: Air dry according to the above “To Handle” schedule followed by a slow increase in temperature at the rate of 100°F per hour until operating temperature is reached.
Maximum Recoat HeatGrip 4950 can be recoated with itself at any time prior to heat curing by simply removing dirt and contamination of the existing coat. If HeatGrip 4950 is fully cured, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine abrasive to roughen the surface.
Cleanup Cleanup potable water followed by Reducer 1 or Reducer 2.
95
ALBI CLAD 800 Product Data Information page 1 of 2
Albi Clad 800 is an intumescent mastic coating applied to structural steel, concrete and other construction materials for the purposes of fire protection. Albi Clad 800 carries a wide range of UL listings for interior and exterior uses under both the E-119 and the UL 1709 High Rise Hydrocarbon test criteria.
RECOMMENDED USES Listed by Underwriter’s Laboratories for both interior and exterior application, Albi Clad 800 should be specified wherever long-lasting fireproofing with high abrasion and impact resistance is required. Albi Clad 800 is ideal for use in a wide variety of commercial, institutional and industrial environments where conventional fireproofing is not sufficiently rugged, lightweight or attractive. Albi Clad 800 will withstand weathering and chemical fumes. It is highly recommended for use on offshore drilling platforms, petrochemical plants, power plants and dock facilities:
FEATURES • UL listed for 1 to 3 hours to ASTM E-119 & UL 1709. • UL tested for both interior & exterior exposures.• Application maintains the contours of the substrate. • Lightweight & hammer-hard.• Asbestos Free. • Factory formulated: eliminates job-site mixing.• Highly resistant to ultraviolet exposure. • Accepted by building codes and insurance carriers. • Maintains excellent fire protective properties when exposed to years of extreme abuse and vibration.
APPLICATION Albi Clad 800 is spray applied directly from the shipping container, utilizing standard, heavy-duty, pneumatic spray equipment. Thickness of the application will depend upon the fire endurance rating specified. Albi Clad 800 must be applied by qualified, factory-trained, applicators. Installation must be in accordance with manufacturer’s printed instructions, and in compliance with specific test requirements.
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
PROPERTY TEST METHOD VALUE
Dry Applied Density — 68 PCF
Lap Shear ASTM D1002 >371 PS I (cohesive failure)
Cohesive/Adhesive Strength ASTM D4541 >375 PSI (cohesive failure)
Compressive Strength ASTM D695 2,100 PSI
Modulus of Elasticity ASTM D695 94,800 PSI
Flexural Strength ASTM D790 1,420 PSI
Modulus of Elasticity ASTM D790 158,000 PSI
Tensile Strength ASTM D638 756 PSI
Abrasion Resistance ASTM D1044 0.40 gm. loss1000 cycles
Impact Resistance ASTM D256 0.54 ft. lbs.in.of notch
Hardness SHORE D 65 - 70
Thermal Expansion Coefficient ASTM D696 1.44 X 10-5in./in./ o F.
Thermal Conductivity ASTM F433 3.0 BTU in./hr. ft2/ o F.
Flame Spread ASTM E84 15
Smoke Developed ASTM E84 40
Albi ManufacturingDivision of StanChem, Inc.401 Berlin St., East Berlin, CT 06023860/828-0571 Fax: 860/828-3297http://www.albi.com
96
SUGGESTED SPECIFICATION1.0 SCOPEThis specification covers requirements for materials, equipment and application of intumescent mastic to provide fire protection to steel structures and supports as indicated on the design draw-ings, and in accordance with applicable requirements of contract documents. Further, this specification shall be supplemented by the applicable requirements of building codes, insurance rating organizations and all other authorities having jurisdiction.1.1 QUALIFICATION OF SUBCONTRACTORSApplication of Albi Clad 800 fireproofing shall be performed by qualified, factory-trained applicators having proper equipment and training to complete the installation in accordance with Albi Manufacturing’s recommendations. Proof of such qualification shall be submitted with bid documents.1.2 SURFACE PREP1.2.1 Albi Clad 800 intumescent mastic shall be directly applied to surfaces that have been properly prepared to receive this fire-proof coating. The surfaces must be clean and dry, free from rust, grease, dust or other contaminants that will interfere with proper bonding.1.2.2 All steel surfaces shall be primed with compatible metal primer prior to fireproofing application. Phenolic modified alkyd primer shall be Albi 487S or approved equal. For exterior appli-cation: steel shall be properly prepared by commercial blast cleaning and primed the same day.1.2.3 Where existing painted steel is to be fireproofed with intumescent mastic, existing paint surface must be checked for compatibility with intumescent coating prior to fireproofing appli-cation. Follow Albi Mfg’’s instructions for compatibility check.1.2.4 If it is determined that the existing paint surface is sensitive to mastic fireproofing solvents, then existing steel shall be sand-blasted and reprimed as outlined in section 1.2.2.1.3 COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADESAlbi Clad 800 shall be installed after all steel is in place, but before ducts, pipe work, equipment or other obstructions are installed so that fireproofing can be applied to all exposed steel.1.4 DELIVERY & STORAGEAlbi Clad 800 shall be delivered to the jobsite in factory sealed containers ready to use.
MATERIALS2.0 FIREPROOFINGFireproofing shall be applied in accordance with drawings or specifications, and shall conform to fire protective ratings as outlined by UL 263 (ASTM E-119) and/or UL 1709 and clas-sified by Underwriter’s Laboratories, Inc. or other independent, acceptable, testing laboratories conducting specific test to meet end-use requirements.2.1 COATINGIntumescent mastic fireproof coating for interior or exterior use shall be Albi Clad 800 as manufactured by Albi Manufacturing, Division of StanChem, Inc. 401 Berlin Street, East Berlin, Con-necticut 06023.
ALBI CLAD 800 Product Data Information page 2 of 2
2.2 OVERCOATINGOvercoating is not required with Albi Clad 800. However, if an overcoat is required for color coding, aesthetics or additional surface protection against spills, a suitable topcoat shall be used. For unusually severe environments consult Albi Mfg. for recom-mendations of appropriate topcoats.
INSTALLATION & FINISH3.0 INSTALLATION3.1 Albi Manufacturing recommends that installation be per-formed with the use of a pneumatic pump designed for applica-tion of heavy-duty, viscous materials and a heavy-duty, mastic spray gun. Compressor shall provide at least 80 CFM (2.3 m3/min.) of air at 100 PSI (7 kg/cm2). Material hose must be 3/4” (19.1 mm) I.D. Nylon or other corrosive resistant type suitable for strong solvents. Gun shall have minimum 3/4” (19.1 mm) material inlet and 3/8” (9.5mm) air inlet ports.3.2 Final wet film thickness application must conform to man-ufacturer’s listed design or to recommendations for specified rating. All surfaces shall be rolled prior to drying of surface film in order to remove unsightly drippings or surface irregularity.3.3 Small patchwork or damaged areas may be hand-troweled or gloved. When hand troweling, tools must be kept wet with Albi Clad solvent in order to avoid sticking.3.4 THICKNESS OF APPLICATIONAlbi Clad 800 shall be applied to the thickness required in accor-dance with the acceptable test data. Thickness shall be measured on the basis of wet film thickness taken by frequent random probe measurements during application. Although test data measure-ments are taken on dry film thickness, supervision of application must be undertaken while material is being installed, since final, cured, dry film thickness will reflect shrinkage due to evaporation of occluded solvents.3.5 SAMPLE APPLICATIONBefore proceeding with the work, the applicator shall apply a section of approximately 100 sq. ft. (9.3 sq. meters) area. This section shall be witnessed by architect’s or owner’s representative and shall be subject to their approval to be used as guide for texture and thickness of the finished work.3.6 CLEAN UPWork area shall be maintained in an orderly condition with good housekeeping conditions prevailing. Upon completion of installa-tion, all debris shall be cleared and removed from jobsite.
3.7 GUARANTEE3.7.1 Albi Manufacturing shall warrant material to conform to its specification, and be free of manufacturing defects for a period of six months.3.7.2 Applicator shall guarantee that the installation of material conforms to Albi Manufacturing’s recommendations and project specifications, and shall further guarantee the workmanship con-nected with the installation for a period of one year from date of installation.
Albi ManufacturingDivision of StanChem, Inc.401 Berlin St., East Berlin, CT 06023860/828-0571 Fax: 860/828-3297http://www.albi.com
97
ACRYLICS-WA-TER BASED
ACRYLICS- WATER BASED
98
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
AquaGrip 5000
Acrylic Latex Coating
• Direct to metal finish
• Flat gloss
• Water based
• Excellent Color & Gloss Retention
• Single package
• Available in colors
• VOC compliant
• Extended recoat windows
• Excellent wetting and adhesion properties
• Flexible film
AquaGrip 5000 is used as a direct to metal finish as well as a finish coat for
alkyd, epoxy, vinyl, chlorinated rubber coating where a single package, easy
to use, color and gloss retentive product is desired. Ideal product for color
coding handrails and piping. Used on structural steel, steel tanks, barges,
refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, transformers, railcars, pulp &
paper mills, and others as recommended.
Weathering (ASTM D 1014 South Florida)
3 months 95%+ gloss retention
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 41%+1%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 658 sq. ft
Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 0.2 lbs./gal.
24 g/l
AquaGrip 5000 is resistant to a wide range of mild chemical fumes in
atmospheric exposures. AquaGrip 5000 is not normally recommended for
immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Poor Fair
Alkaline Poor Fair
Solvents Poor Fair
Salt water Good Excellent
Water Good Excellent
Dry film thickness: 2 to 3 mils
Wet film thickness: 5 to 7mils
Theoretical Coverage: 319 sq. ft. @ 2 mils
Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require
additional coats for hiding.
AquaGrip 5000 is normally applied to an alkyd or epoxy coating. AquaGrip
5000 is recommended over MultiGrip 7010 primer (7000 series).
AquaGrip 5000 is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is
normally recoated with itself.
AquaGrip 5000 is available in a variety of colors.
Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.) 11 lbs. 55 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
AquaGrip 5000 185°F
Shelf Life: 1 year when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F. Do not allow
AquaGrip 5000 to freeze.
99
AquaGrip 5000
Rev. 9/19/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue in accordance with SSPC-SP1. If the prime
coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as
recommended by the underlying coating’s surface preparation procedures.
Power mix until uniform, then thin as required.
Thinning is not normally required. However, when thinning, use clean
potable water up to one pint per gallon.
AquaGrip 5000 is a single package product and can be used once the
container is opened and mixed. However, once exposed to the air, a skin can
develop on the surface of the paint.
Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 35°F 35°
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation, which may dull the finish.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .013”
to .017” tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface
Temperature To Touch To Handle/Recoat
50°F 2 hrs. 8 hrs.
60°F 1 hr. 4 hrs.
70°F 30 minutes 2 hrs.
80°F 20 minutes 1 hr.
90°F 10 minutes 30 minutes
AquaGrip 5000 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between
coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the
maximum cure of AquaGrip 5000 prior to recoating with itself. However, the
aged coating must be clean and free of chalk and surface contamination. High
pressure washing is an acceptable method to remove chalk and surface
contamination.
Cleanup with clean, potable water followed by Reducer 3.
100
Page 1 of 2
• Metal Primer • Corrosion protection • Flat gloss • Water base • Single package • VOC compliant • Extended recoat windows • Excellent wetting and adhesion properties • Flexible film
AquaGrip 5001 is used as a direct to metal primer for alkyd or acrylic finishes. It is an easy to use, single package, fast dry coating. Ideal product for a shop applied primer. Used on steel objects for refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, transformers, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and others as recommended.
Humidity Corrosion (ASTM D2247): No effect Hardness (ASTM D3363): F pencil Elongation (ASTM D 522): 3/16 mandrel Adhesion (ASTM D 2247): 5B
Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250°F Non-continuous 300°F Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 35%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 562sq. ft Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 0.5 lbs./gal.
AquaGrip 5001 is resistant to a wide range of mild chemical fumes in atmospheric exposures. AquaGrip 5001 is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage FumesAcidic Poor Fair Alkaline Poor Fair Solvents Poor Fair Salt water Good Excellent Water Good Excellent
Dry film thickness: 2 to 3 milsWet film thickness: 6 to 8 milsTheoretical Coverage: 281 sq. ft. @ 2 mils
AquaGrip 5001 is normally applied to prepared metal surfaces.
AquaGrip 5001 is normally topcoated with a water borne acrylic topcoat.
AquaGrip 5001 is available in gray. Custom colors can be made.
Packaging unit 5 gal. 55 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.) 60 lbs. 660 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash) AquaGrip 5001 131°F Shelf Life: 2 years when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F. Do not allow AquaGrip 5001 to freeze.
101
Rev. 9/14/15 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue in accordance with SSPC-SP1. If the prime coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as recommended by the underlying coating’s surface preparation procedures.
Power mix until uniform, then thin as required.
Thinning is not normally required. However, when thinning, use clean potable water up to one pint per gallon.
AquaGrip 5000 is a single package product and can be used once the container is opened and mixed. However, once exposed to the air, a skin can develop on the surface of the paint.
Material Surface AmbientMinimum 50°F 35°F 35° Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .013” to .017” tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle/Recoat 50°F 2 hrs. 8 hrs. 60°F 1 hr. 4 hrs. 70°F 20 minutes 30 minutes 80°F 10 minutes 20 minutes 90°F 5 minutes 10 minutes
AquaGrip 5001 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the maximum cure of AquaGrip 5001 prior to recoating with itself. However, the aged coating must be clean and free of chalk.
Cleanup with clean, potable water followed by Reducer 3.
102
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
AquaGrip 5020
Acrylic Latex Coating
• Semi gloss finish
• Water based
• Excellent Color & Gloss Retention
• Single package
• Available in colors
• VOC compliant
• Extended recoat windows
• Excellent wetting and adhesion properties
• Flexible film
AquaGrip 5020 is used as a finish coat for alkyd, epoxy, vinyl, chlorinated
rubber coating where a single package, easy to use, color and gloss retentive
product is desired. Ideal product for use as an OEM finish. Used on
structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power
plants, transformers, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and others as recommended.
Weathering (ASTM D 1014 South Florida)
12 months 65%+ gloss retention
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 35%+2%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 561 sq. ft
Volatile Organic Content Unthinned (water excluded) 1.9 lbs./gal.
230 g/l
AquaGrip 5020 is resistant to a wide range of mild chemical fumes in
atmospheric exposures. AquaGrip 5020 is not normally recommended for
immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Poor Fair
Alkaline Poor Fair
Solvents Poor Fair
Salt water Good Excellent
Water Good Excellent
Dry film thickness: 1 to 2 mils
Wet film thickness: 3 to 4 mils
Theoretical Coverage: 561 sq. ft. @ 1 mil
Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require
additional coats for hiding.
AquaGrip 5020 is normally applied to an alkyd or epoxy coating. AquaGrip
5020 is recommended over AquaGrip 2600 epoxy.
AquaGrip 5020 is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is
normally recoated with itself.
AquaGrip 5020 is available in a variety of colors. Custom colors can be
computer matched.
Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. 50 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.) 10 lbs. 50 lbs. 500 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
AquaGrip 5020 Above 200°F
Shelf Life: 1 year when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F. Do not allow
AquaGrip 5020 to freeze.
103
AquaGrip 5020
Rev. 9/20/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue in accordance with SSPC-SP1. If the prime
coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as
recommended by the underlying coating’s surface preparation procedures.
Power mix until uniform, then thin as required.
Thinning is not normally required. However, when thinning, use clean
potable water up to one pint per gallon.
AquaGrip 5020 is a single package product and can be used once the
container is opened and mixed. However, once exposed to the air, a skin can
develop on the surface of the paint.
Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 50°F 50°
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation, which may dull the finish.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .013”
to .017” tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: For touch up, use medium brush and short nap roller with
solvent resistant fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 1 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation and 50% relative humidity. Higher thickness and reduced air
circulation increase drying times.
Surface
Temperature To Touch To Handle/Recoat
50°F 2 hrs. 8 hrs.
60°F 1 hr. 4 hrs.
70°F 30 minutes 2 hrs.
80°F 20 minutes 1 hr.
90°F 10 minutes 30 minutes
AquaGrip 5020 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between
coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the
maximum cure of AquaGrip 5020 prior to recoating with itself. However, the
aged coating must be clean and free of chalk and surface contamination. High
pressure washing is an acceptable method of removing chalk and surface
contamination.
Cleanup with clean, potable water, followed by Reducer 3.
104
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
AquaGrip 5030
Water Based Dry Fall
• Egg shell gloss finish
• Water based
• Excellent Color & Gloss Retention
• Single package
• Available in colors
• VOC compliant
• Extended recoat windows
• Excellent wetting and adhesion properties
• Flexible film
AquaGrip 5030 is used as a dry fall finish coat for alkyd, epoxy, vinyl,
chlorinated rubber coating where a single package, easy to use, color and
gloss retentive product is desired. Used on structural steel and concrete and
other as recommended.
Weathering (ASTM D 1014 South Florida)
12 months 65%+ gloss retention
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volume solids content of
mixed material 37%+2%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 593 sq. ft
Volatile Organic Content
Unthinned (water excluded) 1.9 lbs./gal.
230 g/l
Unthinned (water included) .55 lbs./gal
67 g/l
AquaGrip 5030 is resistant to a wide range of mild chemical fumes in
atmospheric exposures. AquaGrip 5030 is not normally recommended for
immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Spillage Fumes
Acidic Poor Fair
Alkaline Poor Fair
Solvents Poor Fair
Salt water Good Excellent
Water Good Excellent
Dry film thickness: 1 to 2 mils
Wet film thickness: 3 to 4 mils
Theoretical Coverage: 593 sq. ft. @ 1 mil
Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require
additional coats for hiding.
AquaGrip 5030 is normally applied to an alkyd, acrylic or epoxy coating or
directly to concrete.
AquaGrip 5030 is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is
normally recoated with itself.
AquaGrip 5030 is available in a variety of colors. Custom colors may be
available.
Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.) 10 lbs. 50 lbs. .
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
AquaGrip 5020 Above 200°F
Shelf Life: 1 year when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F. Do not allow
AquaGrip 5020 to freeze.
105
AquaGrip 5030
9/20/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue in accordance with SSPC-SP1. If the prime
coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as
recommended by the underlying coating’s surface preparation procedures.
Power mix until uniform, then thin as required.
Thinning is not normally required. However, when thinning, use clean
potable water up to one pint per gallon. Thinning may affect dry fall
characteristics.
AquaGrip 5030 is a single package product and can be used once the
container is opened and mixed. However, once exposed to the air, a skin can
develop on the surface of the paint.
Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 50°F 50°
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation, which may dull the finish.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Xtreme with a 60:1 ratio and a .013”
to .017” tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: For touch up, use medium brush and short nap roller with
solvent resistant fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 1 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation and 50% relative humidity. Higher thickness and reduced air
circulation increase drying times.
Surface
Temperature To Touch To Handle/Recoat
50°F 2 hrs. 8 hrs.
60°F 1 hr. 4 hrs.
70°F 30 minutes 2 hrs.
80°F 20 minutes 1 hr.
90°F 10 minutes 30 minutes
AquaGrip 5030 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between
coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the
maximum cure of AquaGrip 5030 prior to recoating with itself. However, the
aged coating must be clean and free of chalk.
Cleanup with clean, potable water, followed by Reducer 3.
106
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
AquaGrip 5100 Gloss
DTM Water Reducible Coating
• Direct to metal finish
• Fast Dry
• High Gloss Finish
• Water based
• Excellent Color & Gloss Retention
• Single package
• Available in colors
• VOC compliant
• Extended recoat windows
• Excellent wetting and adhesion properties
• Flexible film
AquaGrip 5100 is used as a direct to metal finish as well as a color coat for
previously coated surfaces. Excellent for striping parking lots and warehouse
floors. Ideal product for color coding handrails and piping. Used on
structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power
plants, transformers, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and others as recommended.
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 180°F
Non-continuous 250°F
Theoretical volume solids content of
mixed material 29%+1%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 465 sq. ft
Volatile Organic Content* Unthinned 0.83 lbs./gal.
100 g/l
* VOC may vary by color. If critical, contact US Coatings for color specific
data.
AquaGrip 5100 is resistant to a wide range of mild chemical fumes in
atmospheric exposures. AquaGrip 5100 is not normally recommended for
immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Spillage Fumes
Acidic Poor Fair
Alkaline Poor Fair
Solvents Poor Fair
Salt water Good Excellent
Water Good Excellent
Dry film thickness: 1 to 2 mils
Wet film thickness: 3 to 7 mils
Theoretical Coverage: 233 sq. ft. @ 2 mils
Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require
additional coats for hiding.
AquaGrip 5100 is normally applied to a water based primer or alkyd primer
such as AquaGrip 5001 or MultiGrip 7000.
AquaGrip 5100 is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is
normally recoated with itself.
AquaGrip 5100 is available in a variety of custom colors.
Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.) 11 lbs. 55 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
AquaGrip 5100 Above 200°F
Shelf Life: 1 year when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F. Do not allow
AquaGrip 5100 to freeze.
107
AquaGrip 5100 Gloss
Rev. 9/20/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone. 314-205-1500 fax. 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue in accordance with SSPC-SP1. If the prime
coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as
recommended by the underlying coating’s surface preparation procedures.
Power mix until uniform, then thin as required. This product can be applied
as a single coat or a two-coat system by cutting in all angles, sharp edges and
flat surfaces with a mist coat followed by a full coat. The first coat should be
allowed to tack slightly before applying the full coat.
Thinning is not normally required. However, when thinning, use clean
potable water up to one pint per gallon.
AquaGrip 5100 is a single package product and can be used once the
container is opened and mixed. However, once exposed to the air, a skin can
develop on the surface of the paint.
Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 50°F 50°
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation, which may dull the finish.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .013”
to .017” tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface
Temperature To Touch To Handle/Recoat
50°F 2 hrs. 8 hrs.
60°F 1 hr. 4 hrs.
70°F 30 minutes 2 hrs.
80°F 20 minutes 1 hr.
90°F 10 minutes 30 minutes
AquaGrip 5100 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between
coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the
maximum cure of AquaGrip 5100 prior to recoating with itself. However, the
aged coating must be clean and free of chalk and surface contamination. High
pressure washing is an acceptable method of removing chalk and surface
contamination.
Cleanup with clean, potable water followed by Reducer 3.
108
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
AquaGrip 5100 Satin
DTM Water Reducible Coating
• Direct to metal finish
• Fast Dry
• Satin Finish
• Water based
• Excellent Color & Gloss Retention
• Single package
• Available in colors
• VOC compliant
• Extended recoat windows
• Excellent wetting and adhesion properties
• Flexible film
AquaGrip 5100 is used as a direct to metal finish as well as a color coat for
previously coated surfaces. Excellent for striping parking lots and warehouse
floors. Ideal product for color coding handrails and piping. Used on
structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power
plants, transformers, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and others as recommended.
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 180°F
Non-continuous 250°F
Theoretical volume solids content of
mixed material 29%+1%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 465 sq. ft
Volatile Organic Content* Unthinned 0.83 lbs./gal.
100 g/l
* VOC may vary by color. If critical, contact US Coatings for color specific
data.
AquaGrip 5100 is resistant to a wide range of mild chemical fumes in
atmospheric exposures. AquaGrip 5100 is not normally recommended for
immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Spillage Fumes
Acidic Poor Fair
Alkaline Poor Fair
Solvents Poor Fair
Salt water Good Excellent
Water Good Excellent
Dry film thickness: 1 to 2 mils
Wet film thickness: 3 to 7 mils
Theoretical Coverage: 233 sq. ft. @ 2 mils
Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require
additional coats for hiding.
AquaGrip 5100 is normally applied to a water based primer or alkyd primer
such as AquaGrip 5001 or MultiGrip 7000. .
AquaGrip 5100 is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is
normally recoated with itself.
AquaGrip 5100 is available in a variety of custom colors.
Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.) 11 lbs. 55 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
AquaGrip 5100 Above 200°F
Shelf Life: 1 year when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F. Do not allow
AquaGrip 5100 to freeze.
109
AquaGrip 5100 Satin
Rev. 9/20/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone. 314-205-1500 fax. 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue in accordance with SSPC-SP1. If the prime
coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as
recommended by the underlying coating’s surface preparation procedures.
Power mix until uniform, then thin as required. This product can be applied
as a single coat or a two-coat system by cutting in all angles, sharp edges and
flat surfaces with a mist coat followed by a full coat. The first coat should be
allowed to tack slightly before applying the full coat.
Thinning is not normally required. However, when thinning, use clean
potable water up to one pint per gallon.
AquaGrip 5100 is a single package product and can be used once the
container is opened and mixed. However, once exposed to the air, a skin can
develop on the surface of the paint.
Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 50°F 50°
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation, which may dull the finish.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .013”
to .017” tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface
Temperature To Touch To Handle/Recoat
50°F 2 hrs. 8 hrs.
60°F 1 hr. 4 hrs.
70°F 30 minutes 2 hrs.
80°F 20 minutes 1 hr.
90°F 10 minutes 30 minutes
AquaGrip 5100 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between
coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the
maximum cure of AquaGrip 5100 prior to recoating with itself. However, the
aged coating must be clean and free of chalk and surface contamination. High
pressure washing is an acceptable method of removing chalk and surface
contamination.
Cleanup with clean, potable water followed by Reducer 3.
110
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
AquaGrip 5200
Acrylic Elastomeric Coating
• Elastomeric Coating
• Fiber reinforced to bridge hairline cracks
• Water based
• Excellent Color & Gloss Retention
• Single package
• Available in colors
• VOC compliant
• Excellent wetting and adhesion properties
• Concrete and steel coating
• Satin finish
AquaGrip 5200 is used as a finish for concrete, steel and galbestos substrates.
Used to refurbish siding, tank exteriors, old coatings.
Weathering (ASTM D 1014 South Florida)
3 months 95%+ gloss retention
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volume solids content of
mixed material 54%+1%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 866 sq. ft
Volatile Organic Content
Unthinned 0.10 lbs./gal.
12 g/l
AquaGrip 5200 is resistant to a wide range of mild chemical fumes in
atmospheric exposures. AquaGrip 5200 is not normally recommended for
immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Spillage Fumes
Acidic Poor Fair
Alkaline Poor Fair
Solvents Poor Fair
Salt water Good Excellent
Water Good Excellent
Dry film thickness: 15 mils
Wet film thickness: 35 mils
Theoretical Coverage: 57 sq. ft. @ 15 mils
Note: One coat is normally required; however, additional coats may be
applied to achieve higher film thickness.
Blasted Steel: Use AquaGrip 5001 or MasticGrip 2500.
Tightly adhering rusty steel: MasticGrip 2500
Old Coatings: RustGrip 2300 or MasticGrip 2500
Concrete, Block, Brick or other Masonry surfaces: Self-priming or RustGrip
2300.
AquaGrip 5200 is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is
normally recoated with itself.
AquaGrip 5200 is available in a variety of custom colors.
Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.) 11 lbs. 55 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
AquaGrip 5000 186°F
Shelf Life: 1 year when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F. Do not allow
AquaGrip 5200 to freeze.
111
AquaGrip 5200
Rev. 9/20/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue in accordance with SSPC-SP1. If the prime
coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as
recommended by the underlying coating’s surface preparation procedures.
Power mix until uniform, then thin as required.
Thinning is not normally required. However, when thinning, use clean
potable water up to one pint per gallon.
AquaGrip 5200 is a single package product and can be used once the
container is opened and mixed. However, once exposed to the air, a skin can
develop on the surface of the paint.
Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 50°F 50°
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation, which may dull the finish.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Xtreme 45:1 or equal with a .015” to
.017” tip is recommended. Remover all inline filters, including gun and tip
filters.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 15 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation and 50% relative humidity. Higher thickness and reduced air
circulation increase drying times.
Surface
Temperature To Touch To Handle/Recoat 60°F 4 hr. 12 hrs.
70°F 2 hrs. 8 hrs.
80°F 1 hr. 4 hrs.
AquaGrip 5200 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between
coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the
maximum cure of AquaGrip 5200 prior to recoating with itself. However, the
aged coating must be clean and free of chalk and surface contamination. High
pressure washing is an acceptable method to remove chalk and surface
contamination.
Cleanup with clean, potable water followed by Reducer 1.
112
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
AquaGrip 5220
DTM Dip Coating
• Dip coating
• Water based
• Direct to metal
• Single package
• Eggshell finish
• VOC compliant
• Extended recoat windows
• Fast dry
• Excellent wetting and adhesion properties
• Flexible film
• Certified chloride free
AquaGrip 5220 is used as a prime coat for pretreated metal where a single
package, easy to use product is desired. Corrosion resistant pigmentation
provides protection of the metal. Used as an OEM finish for steel items
designed for use in industrial exposures. Passes ASTM B-117 salt fog testing
for 200 hours untopcoated and 500 hours topcoated.
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volume solids content of
mixed material 32%+1%
Viscosity 28-32 sec. #2 Zahn
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 514 sq. ft
Volatile Organic Content
Unthinned 1.6 lbs./gal.
194 g/l
AquaGrip 5220 is resistant to a wide range of mild chemical fumes in
atmospheric exposures. AquaGrip 5220 is not normally recommended for
immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Spillage Fumes
Acidic Poor Fair
Alkaline Poor Fair
Solvents Poor Fair
Salt water Good Excellent
Water Good Excellent
Dry film thickness: 2-3 mils
Wet film thickness: 6 to 9 mils
Theoretical Coverage: 257 sq. ft. @ 2 mils
Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require
additional coats for hiding.
AquaGrip 5220 is normally applied directly to pretreated metal, such as
phosphatized steel.
AquaGrip 5220 is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is
normally recoated with itself.
AquaGrip 5220 is available in black. Other colors are available upon special
order.
Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.) 14 lbs. 70 lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal.
Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
AquaGrip 5220 131°F
Reducer 3 78°F
Shelf Life: 1 year when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
113
AquaGrip 5220
Rev. 9/20/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue in accordance with SSPC-SP1. Chemically
prepare the metal with the recommended pre-treatment.
Power mix until uniform, then thin as required. Continuous slow mixing is
required for dip tanks.
Thinning is not normally required; however, clean potable water may be used
up to one pint per gallon. As evaporation occurs in dip tanks, replenish the
water with a 2-part paint to 1-part water ratio.
AquaGrip 5220 is a single package product and can be used once the
container is opened and mixed. However, once exposed to the air, a skin can
develop on the surface of the paint.
Material Surface Ambient
Minimum 50°F 35°F 35°
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation, which may dull the finish.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .013”
to .017” tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
Dip Coating: Dipping times and temperatures are designed for the specific
production line.
The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface
Temperature To Touch To Handle/Recoat
50°F 4 hrs. 12 hrs.
60°F 2 hrs. 9 hrs.
70°F 1 hrs. 6 hrs.
80°F 45 minutes 4 hrs.
90°F 30 minutes 3 hrs.
100°F 20 minutes 2 hrs.
120°F 10 minutes 1 hr.
150°F 5 minutes ½ hr.
AquaGrip 5220 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between
coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the
maximum cure of AquaGrip 5220 prior to recoating with itself. However, the
aged coating must be clean and free of chalk and surface contamination. High
pressure washing is an acceptable method to remove chalk and surface
contamination.
Cleanup with water followed by Reducer #3.
114
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
AquaGrip 5300
DTM Water Reducible Coating
• Direct to metal finish
• Glossy finish
• Water based
• Excellent Color & Gloss Retention
• Single package
• Available in colors
• VOC compliant
• Extended recoat windows
• Excellent wetting and adhesion properties
• Flexible film
AquaGrip 5300 is used as a direct to metal finish as well as a color coat for
previously coated surfaces. Excellent for striping parking lots and warehouse
floors. Ideal product for color coding handrails and piping. Used on
structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power
plants, transformers, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and others as recommended.
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volume solids content of
mixed material 39%+1%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 626 sq. ft
Volatile Organic Content*
Unthinned 0.7 lbs./gal.
85 g/l
* VOC may vary by color. If critical, contact US Coatings for color specific
data.
AquaGrip 5300 is resistant to a wide range of mild chemical fumes in
atmospheric exposures. AquaGrip 5300 is not normally recommended for
immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Poor Fair
Alkaline Poor Fair
Solvents Poor Fair
Salt water Good Excellent
Water Good Excellent
Dry film thickness: 2 to 3 mils
Wet film thickness: 5 to 7mils
Theoretical Coverage: 313 sq. ft. @ 2 mils
Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require
additional coats for hiding.
AquaGrip 5300 is normally applied to an alkyd or epoxy coating. AquaGrip
5300 is recommended over MultiGrip 7010 primer (7000 series).
AquaGrip 5300 is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is
normally recoated with itself.
AquaGrip 5300 is available in a variety of custom colors.
Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.) 11 lbs. 55 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
AquaGrip 5300 Above 200°F
Shelf Life: 1 year when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F. Do not allow
AquaGrip 5300 to freeze.
115
AquaGrip 5300
Rev. 9/20/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone. 314-205-1500 fax. 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue in accordance with SSPC-SP1. If the prime
coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as
recommended by the underlying coating’s surface preparation procedures.
Power mix until uniform, then thin as required.
Thinning is not normally required. However, when thinning, use clean
potable water up to one pint per gallon.
AquaGrip 5300 is a single package product and can be used once the
container is opened and mixed. However, once exposed to the air, a skin can
develop on the surface of the paint.
Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 50°F 50°
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation, which may dull the finish.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .013”
to .017” tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface
Temperature To Touch To Handle/Recoat
50°F 2 hrs. 8 hrs.
60°F 1 hr. 4 hrs.
70°F 30 minutes 2 hrs.
80°F 20 minutes 1 hr.
90°F 10 minutes 30 minutes
NOTE: The acrylic drying process may require several weeks at 70°F with
proper ventilation to achieve full adhesion and water resistance properties.
Cooler temperatures, increased humidity and increased film thickness will
lengthen this process.
AquaGrip 5300 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between
coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the
maximum cure of AquaGrip 5300 prior to recoating with itself. However, the
aged coating must be clean and free of chalk and surface contamination. High
pressure washing is an acceptable method to remove chalk and surface
contamination.
Cleanup with clean, potable water followed by Reducer 3.
116
LININGS
LININGS
117
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
GripLine 6000
Water-Based Fibrated Baked Phenolic Tank Lining
• Resists stress cracking
• Water based
• Excellent high temperature resistance
• Excellent acid resistance
• Excellent solvent resistance
• Very low VOC
• FDA compliant
• Excellent abrasion resistance
• Self priming
• Excellent high pressure resistance
GripLine 6000 is a self priming, multiple or single coat, thin film, high bake
modified phenolic for immersion service. GripLine 6000 is specifically used
as a tank lining for 90% to 98% sulfuric acid service as well as other
aggressive chemical exposures as recommended. Used to line steel tanks,
reactors, rail tank cars and truck tankers requiring a high degree of chemical
resistance. GripLine 6000 is FDA compliant for direct food contact.
Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060)
1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss
CS 17 wheel 34 mg
Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794)
Direct impact 80 in-lbs.
Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 600 psi
Temperature resistance:
(varies with immersion exposure)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 400°F
Conversion Rate of mixed material:
(based on true applied conversion rate, wet
film to dry film) 64%+1%
*Tested in accordance with TNCRR procedures
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1027 sq. ft.
Volatile Organic Content
Unthinned 0.75 lbs./gal.
91 g/l
Potable water @ 3 fl. oz./gal . 0.75 lbs./gal.
GripLine 6000 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and
immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Exposure Immersion
Acids Excellent
Alkaline Poor
Salt water Excellent
194°F Water Excellent
Solvents Excellent
Note: Consult U.S. Coatings lining guide and technical service for specific
recommendations.
Dry film thickness: 3 to 5 mils
Wet film thickness: 5 to 8 mils
Theoretical coverage: 342 sq. ft. @ 3 mils DFT
GripLine 6000 is applied directly to properly prepared steel as recommended.
GripLine 6000 is normally topcoated with itself and does not require
additional topcoats.
GripLine 6000 is available in white that changes to chocolate brown upon
baking.
Packaging unit 5 gal.
Part A 5 gal.
Part B 4 fl. oz. (approx)
Shipping weight (approx.)
Package unit 70 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A > 200°F
Part B >200°F
Shelf Life: 45 days for the Part A and 1 year for the Part B when stored inside
at 77°F.
118
GripLine 6000
Rev. 9/20/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1.
Steel: Immersion Service: Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness
according to SSPC-SP 5 to achieve 1.5 – 2 mil anchor profile.
Power mix the Part A component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix
until uniform at the following ratio:
5 Gal. Kit
GripLine 6000 Part A 5 gallon
GripLine 6000 Part B (Pre-measured) 4 fl. oz. (approx)
Allow 1 hour sweat-in before application.
For optimum results, precondition GripLine 6000 to 77°F. At this
temperature, thinning is not normally required. GripLine 6000 may be thinned
up to 4 fl. oz/gal. with potable water.
Notes: GripLine 6000 viscosity drops rapidly with addition of small amounts
of potable water or heat.
Six hours at 80° and less at higher temperatures.
Material Surface Ambient Minimum 60°F 60°F 60°F
Maximum 90°F 90°F 90°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s King with a 56:1 ratio and a .019” to
.021” tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
Note: Use dedicated spray lines to apply this product. Use of spray lines that
have been previously used to apply epoxies or urethanes will result in the
previous coating stripping out of the lines. This will result in excessive tip
plugging, contamination and holidays in the final film.
The following minimum times are based on two coats at 3-5 mils DFT per
coat; 6-10 mils total DFT, and proper air ventilation. Ventilate for 1 hour
prior to heating.
Coating Intermediate Final Bake
Sequence Bake Time/Temp Time/Temp First Coat 1 hour @ 150-200°F
2 hours @ 205-230°F
Second Coat 1 hour @ 150-200°F
2 hours @ 205°-230°F
Final Bake 2 hours @ 410°F
Temperature rise should be no greater than 60°F per hour.
NOTE: The Set Up temperature should not exceed 235°F. All
temperatures are based on metal temperature.
All holiday detection and touch up should be conducted after the 2nd coat
application and intermediate bake has been completed and prior to the final
bake. GripLine 6000 cannot be recoated or touched up after the final bake
without additional surface preparation.
Cleanup with potable water, followed by a final rinse with MEK. Pre-wet
spray lines with potable water prior to charging the lines with GripLine 6000.
119
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
GripLine 6100
Novolac Epoxy Tank Lining
• Excellent chemical resistance
• Semi-gloss finish
• VOC compliant
• High solids formulation
• Excellent build on edges
• Ambient temperature cure
• Blush resistant during cure
• Easy to apply
GripLine 6100 is used as a tank lining or maintenance coating for highly
corrosive environments. Used to line steel tanks and to coat structural steel
for offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants,
railcars, pulp & paper mills and other areas as recommended.
Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060)
1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss
CS 17 wheel 60 mg
Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794)
Direct impact 80 in-lbs.
Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4405psi
Temperature resistance (non-immersion):
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volumes solids of mixed material 72% +/-1%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1155 sq. ft.
Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 2.0 lbs./gal.
242 g/l
Reducer 3 @ 1 pint/gal. 2.6 lbs./gal.
315 g/l
GripLine 6100 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and
immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash&
Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes
Acidic Excellent Excellent Excellent
Alkaline Excellent Excellent Excellent
Solvents Good Excellent Excellent
Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 4 to 6 mils
Wet film thickness: 5 to 9 mils
Theoretical coverage: 231 sq. ft. @ 5 mils DFT
GripLine 6100 is applied directly to steel as recommended.
GripLine 6100 is normally topcoated with itself and does not require
additional topcoats.
GripLine 6100 is available in brick red and medium gray. Normally the red is
used as the primer to provide color contrast with the steel surface and gray
topcoat.
Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal.
Part A 0.8 gal. 4 gal.
Part B 0.2 gal. 1 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.)
Package unit 13 lbs. 65 lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal.
Reducer 3 8 lbs. 40 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A 21°F
Part B 40°F
Reducer 3 81oF
Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to
110°F.
120
GripLine 6100
Rev. 9/20/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1.
Steel: Immersion Service: Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to
SSPC-SP 5 to achieve 1.5 – 3 mil anchor profile.
Non-Immersion Service: Abrasive blast to Near White Metal cleanliness
according to SSPC-SP10 to achieve 1.5 – 3 mil anchor profile.
Power mix the Part A component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix
until uniform at the following ratio:
1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit GripLine 6100 Part A .8 gallon 4 gallon
GripLine 6100 Part B .2 gallon 1 gallon
Thinning is not required for most applications; however, GripLine 6100 may
be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. with Reducer 3.
Two hours at 75° and less at higher temperatures. Pot life ends by the loss of
film build.
Material Surface Ambient
Minimum 50°F 50°F 50°F
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8” I.D. minimum
material hose and .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .017”
to .021” tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase dryimg
times.
Surface Final
Temperature To Touch To Recoat Cure 60oF 6 hrs. 48 hrs. 14 days
70oF 3 hrs. 24 hrs. 7 days
80oF 2 hrs. 12 hrs. 4 days
Surface Temperature Days
50oF 30
75oF 15
90oF 7
If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted
with fine aggregate to roughen the surface
Cleanup with Reducer 3.
121
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
GripLine 6110
Glass Flake Novolac Epoxy Tank Lining
• Excellent chemical resistance
• Semi-gloss finish
• VOC compliant
• High solids formulation
• Excellent build on edges
• Ambient temperature cure
• Blush resistant during cure
• Easy to apply
• Used for CUI
GripLine 6110 is used as a tank lining or maintenance coating for highly
corrosive environments. Used to line steel tanks and to coat structural steel
for offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants,
railcars, pulp & paper mills, and other areas as recommended. Great for use
under insulation on carbon or stainless steel.
Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060)
1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss
CS 17 wheel 60 mg
Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794)
Direct impact 80 in-lbs.
Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4405 psi
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 400°F Non-continuous 450°F Theoretical volume solids of
mixed material 72%+1%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1155 sq. ft.
Volatile Organic Content
Unthinned 2.0 lbs./gal.
242 g/l
Reducer 3 @ 1 pint/gal. 2.6 lbs./gal.
315 g/l
GripLine 6110 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and
immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Excellent Excellent Excellent
Alkaline Excellent Excellent Excellent
Solvents Good Excellent Excellent
Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 8 to 10 mils
Wet film thickness: 11 to 13 mils
Theoretical coverage: 144 sq. ft. @ 8 mils DFT
GripLine 6110 is applied directly to steel as recommended.
GripLine 6110 is normally topcoated with itself and does not require
additional topcoats.
GripLine 6110 is available in brick red, unmatched medium gray and
unmatched white. Normally the red is used as the primer to provide color
contrast with the steel surface and gray or white as the topcoat.
Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal.
Part A 0.8 gal. 4 gal.
Part B 0.2 gal. 1 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.)
Package unit 13 lbs. 65 lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal.
Reducer 3 8 lbs. 40 lbs.
.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A 21°F
Part B 40°F
Reducer 3 81°F
Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to
110°F.
122
GripLine 6110
Rev. 9/20/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1.
Steel: Immersion Service: Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness
according to SSPC-SP 5 to achieve 1.5 – 3 mil anchor profile.
Non-immersion Service: Abrasive blast to Near White Metal cleanliness
according to SSPC-SP10 to achieve 1.5 – 3 mil anchor profile.
Stainless Steel: Brush blast per SSPC-SP16.
Power mix the Part A component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix
until uniform at the following ratio:
1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit
GripLine 6110 Part A .8 gallon 4 gallon
GripLine 6100 Part B .2 gallon 1 gallon
Thinning is not required for most applications; however, GripLine 6110 may
be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. with Reducer 3.
Two hours at 75° and less at higher temperatures. Pot-life ends by the loss of
film build.
Material Surface Ambient
Minimum 50°F 50°F 50°
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio or greater
and a .035” tip is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface Final
Temperature To Touch To Recoat Cure
60°F 6 hrs. 48 hrs. 14 days
70°F 3 hrs. 24 hrs. 7 day
80°F 2 hrs. 12 hrs. 4 days
90°F 1 hr. 6 hrs. 2 days
Surface Temperature Days
50°F 30
75°F 15
90°F 7
If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted
with fine aggregate to roughen the surface.
Cleanup with Reducer 3.
123
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
GripLine 6130
Epoxy Tank Lining
• Excellent water resistance
• Semi-gloss finish
• VOC compliant
• High solids formulation
• Excellent build on edges
• Rapid and extended recoat windows
• Single coat capability
• Excellent wetting and adhesion properties
• Good chemical resistance
• Easy spray application
GripLine 6130 is used as a general service tank lining. It is used to line non-
potable water tanks, ballasts, dry bulk-storage tanks and general service tanks
in refineries, power plants, chemical plants, barges, pulp & paper mills and
other areas as recommended.
Exceed requirements of SSPC Paint 22 performance requirements.
Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 1000 hours
Plane blistering or rusting: none
Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060)
1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss
CS 17 wheel 22 mg
Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794)
Direct impact 80 in-lbs.
Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 4031 psi
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volume solids of
mixed material 80%+1%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1283 sq. ft.
Volatile Organic Content
Unthinned 1.44 lbs./gal.
174 g/l
Reducer 3 @ 1 pint/gal. 2.04 lbs./gal.
247 g/l
GripLine 6130 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric
exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes
Acidic Not recommended Good Good
Alkaline Not recommended Excellent Excellent
Solvents Not recommended Good Excellent
Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 4 to 6 mils
Wet film thickness: 5 to 9 mils
Theoretical coverage: 257 sq. ft. @ 5 mils DFT
Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require
additional coats for hiding.
GripLine 6130 can be applied directly to steel or concrete as recommended.
GripLine 6130 is not intended for exterior use and will chalk if exposed to
UV. GripLine 6130 may be topcoated with itself or other epoxies as
recommended.
GripLine 6130 is available in white, gray and tile red. Custom colors are
available upon request.
Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal.
Part A 1 gal. 5 gal.
Part B 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.)
Package unit 28 lbs. 140 lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal.
Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A 94°F
Part B 108°F
Reducer 3 78°F
Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to
110°F.
124
GripLine® 6130
Rev. 9/20/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1.
Steel – Immersion Service: Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness
according to SSPC-SP5 to achieve a 1.5 – 3 mil anchor profile.
Steel – Non-Immersion Service: Abrasive blast to a Near White Metal
cleanliness according to SSPC-SP10 to achieve a 1.5 – 3 mil anchor profile.
Concrete: Minimum cure is 28 days at 75° F and 50 % RH or the equivalent.
Abrasive blast to remove laitance and form oils and to produce a surface
roughness similar to medium sandpaper. Surfacing may be required to fill
holes in order to produce a sealed surface.
Power mix each component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until
uniform at the following ratio:
2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. Kit
GripLine 6130 Part A 1 gallon 5 gallon
GripLine 6130 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon
Thinning is not required for most applications; however GripLine 6130 may
be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. with Reducer 3.
Three hours at 75° and less at higher temperatures.
Material Surface Ambient
Minimum 50°F 50°F 50°
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation.
Along with a final visual inspection, holiday test the GripLine 6130 film using
a low-voltage holiday tester. Any holidays or voids in the film must be
repaired prior to putting the tank lining in service.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .017”
to .021” tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 5 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface Final
Temperature To Touch To Handle Cure*
50°F 12 hrs. 32 hrs. 14 days
60°F 6 hrs. 16 hrs. 10 days
70°F 3 hrs. 8 hrs. 7 days
80°F 2 hrs. 5 hrs. 3 days
90°F 1 hr. 3 hrs. 36 hrs.
*Final Cure for Immersion Service.
GripLine 6130 is formulated with an unlimited recoat window. However,
since epoxies tend to blush, it is imperative that the blush and any surface
contamination be removed prior to recoating. High pressure water washing is
an acceptable method of removing blush and surface contamination.
Cleanup with Reducer 3.
125
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
GripLine 6200
Epoxy Tank Lining
• Excellent chemical resistance
• 100% solids
• Semi-gloss finish
• Zero VOC
• Excellent build on edges
• Ambient temperature cure
• Blush resistant during cure
• Easy to apply
GripLine 6200 is used as a tank lining or maintenance coating for highly
corrosive environments. Used to line steel and concrete tanks and coat
structural steel for offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants,
power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and other areas as recommended.
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 200°F
Non-continuous 250°F
Theoretical volume solids of
mixed material 100%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1604 sq. ft.
Volatile Organic Content
Unthinned 0 lbs./gal.
0 g/l
GripLine 6200 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and
immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. For
specific immersion recommendation, contact U.S. Coatings Technical Service
department.
Splash &
Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes
Acidic Very Good Excellent Excellent
Alkaline Excellent Excellent Excellent
Solvents Good Excellent Excellent
Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Crude Oil Excellent Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 20 to 80 mils
Wet film thickness: 20 to 80 mils
Theoretical coverage: 80 sq. ft. @ 20 mils DFT
Note: The film thickness will vary with the intended service.
GripLine 6200 is applied directly to steel as recommended. Use EpoxyGrip
2078 Primer when applying to concrete.
GripLine 6200 is normally not topcoated.
GripLine 6200 is available in brick red and medium gray. Normally the red is
used to provide color contrast with a blasted steel surface.
Packaging unit 3 gal. 15 gal.
Part A 2 gal. 10 gal.
Part B 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.)
GripLine 6200 3 gal. 15 gal.
40 lbs. 200 lbs.
Reducer #5 1 gal. 5 gal.
8 lbs. 40 lbs.
.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A above 200°F
Part B above 200°F
Reducer 5 -4°F
Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to
110°F.
126
GripLine 6200
Rev. 9/20/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS. OSHA CLASS IIIA LIQUIDS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all
sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist
workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Test for chlorides.
Steel: Immersion Service: Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness
according to SSPC-SP 5 to achieve 3.5 – 5 mil anchor profile.
Concrete: High Pressure Water Blast or Abrasive Blast to remove any
surface laitance, loose concrete, curing agents or any contaminants that could
affect adhesion.
Non-immersion Service: Abrasive blast to Near White Metal cleanliness
according to SSPC-SP10 to achieve 2.5 – 3 mil anchor profile.
Power mix the Part A component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix
until uniform at the following ratio:
3 Gal. Kit 15 Gal. Kit
GripLine 6200 Part A 2 gallon 10 gallon
GripLine 6200 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon
Do not thin for applications using airless spray. GripLine 6200 may be
thinned up to 1 pint/gal. with Reducer 5 for conventional spray.
Thirty minutes at 75°F and less at higher temperatures. Pot-life ends by the
loss of film build.
Material Surface Ambient
Minimum 50°F 50°F 50°F
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
GripLine 6200 should be sprayed at a tip temperature of 110oF to 120oF to
achieve proper atomization.
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Premier 45:1 ratio or Xtreme Sprayer
is recommended with a .421 to a .641 tip size and a hopper feed. Remove any
in-line filters.
Plural Component: During hot conditions in the field, plural component
equipment, such as Graco’s Xtreme Mix, is strongly recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 20 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface Final
Temperature To Touch To Recoat Cure
60°F 24 hrs. 48 hrs. 96 hrs.
70°F 12 hrs. 24 hrs. 60 hrs.
80°F 6 hrs. 12 hrs. 36 hrs.
90°F 3 hr. 6 hrs. 24 hrs.
Surface Temperature Time
50°F 5 days
75°F 48 hours
90°F 24 hours
If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted
with fine aggregate to roughen the surface.
Cleanup with Reducer 3 or MEK.
Much of the information listed on this data sheet is for general
guideline purposes. For specific projects, refer to the specification for
detailed instructions. If a specification is not available, contact your U.S.
Coatings representative.
127
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
GripLine 6210
Flake-Filled Epoxy Tank Lining
• Excellent chemical resistance
• 100% solids
• Semi-gloss finish
• Zero VOC
• Excellent build on edges
• Ambient temperature cure
• Blush resistant during cure
• Low permeation
GripLine 6210 is used as a tank lining or maintenance coating for highly
corrosive environments. Used to line steel and concrete tanks and coat
structural steel for offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants,
power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills and waste water treatment plants.
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 200°F
Non-continuous 250°F
Theoretical volume solids of
mixed material 100%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1604 sq. ft.
Volatile Organic Content
Unthinned 0 lbs./gal.
0 g/l
GripLine 6210 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and
immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. For
specific immersion recommendation, contact U.S. Coatings Technical Service
department.
Splash &
Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes
Acidic Very Good Excellent Excellent
Alkaline Excellent Excellent Excellent
Solvents Good Excellent Excellent
Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Crude Oil Excellent Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 20 to 80 mils
Wet film thickness: 20 to 80 mils
Theoretical coverage: 80 sq. ft. @ 20 mils DFT
Note: The film thickness will vary with the intended service.
GripLine 6210 is applied directly to steel as recommended. Use EpoxyGrip
2078 Primer when applying to concrete.
GripLine 6210 is normally not topcoated.
GripLine 6210 is available in brick red and medium gray. Normally the red is
used to provide color contrast with a blasted steel surface.
Packaging unit 3 gal. 15 gal.
Part A 2 gal. 10 gal.
Part B 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.)
GripLine 6210 3 gal. 15 gal.
40 lbs. 200 lbs.
Reducer #5 1 gal. 5 gal.
8 lbs. 40 lbs.
.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A above 200°F
Part B above 200°F
Reducer 5 -4°F
Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to
110°F.
128
GripLine 6210
Rev. 9/20/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS. OSHA CLASS IIIA LIQUIDS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all
sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist
workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Test for chlorides.
Steel: Immersion Service: Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness
according to SSPC-SP 5 to achieve 3.5 – 5 mil anchor profile.
Concrete: High Pressure Water Blast or Abrasive Blast to remove any
surface laitance, loose concrete, curing agents or any contaminants that could
affect adhesion.
Non-immersion Service: Abrasive blast to Near White Metal cleanliness
according to SSPC-SP10 to achieve 2.5 – 3 mil anchor profile.
Power mix the Part A component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix
until uniform at the following ratio:
3 Gal. Kit 15 Gal. Kit
GripLine 6200 Part A 2 gallon 10 gallon
GripLine 6210 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon
Do not thin for applications using airless spray. GripLine 6200 may be
thinned up to 1 pint/gal. with Reducer 5 for conventional spray.
Thirty minutes at 75°F and less at higher temperatures. Pot-life ends by the
loss of film build.
Material Surface Ambient
Minimum 50°F 50°F 50°F
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
GripLine 6210 should be sprayed at a tip temperature of 110oF to 120oF to
achieve proper atomization.
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Premier 45:1 ratio or Xtreme Sprayer
is recommended with a .421 to a .641 tip size and a hopper feed. Remove any
in-line filters.
Plural Component: During hot conditions in the field, plural component
equipment, such as Graco’s Xtreme Mix, is strongly recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 20 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface Final
Temperature To Touch To Recoat Cure
60°F 24 hrs. 48 hrs. 14 days
70°F 12 hrs. 24 hrs. 7 day
80°F 6 hrs. 12 hrs. 4 days
90°F 3 hr. 6 hrs. 2 days
Surface Temperature Time
50°F 5 days
75°F 48 hours
90°F 24 hours
If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted
with fine aggregate to roughen the surface.
Cleanup with Reducer 3 or MEK.
Much of the information listed on this data sheet is for general
guideline purposes. For specific projects, refer to the specification for
detailed instructions. If a specification is not available, contact your U.S.
Coatings representative.
129
Page 1 of 2
• Uses Durakane 470 resin • Lining for steel and concrete structures • FDA Compliant • Excellent chemical resistance • VOC compliant • High solids formulation • Ambient temperature cure
GripLine 6300 is used as a tank lining for steel and concrete for a wide variety of food processing, chemical processing, chemical storage and wastewater applications. GripLine 6300 is well suited for lining of Stock Chests, Bleach Towers and FGD tanks or maintenance coating for highly corrosive environments. Used to line steel tanks and coat structural steel for offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and other areas as recommended. Also used to line concrete tanks and pits for secondary containment.
Typical PropertiesBarcol Hardness ASTM D-2583 40 Tensil Strength ASTM D638 10,000 psi Tensile Elongation ASTM D-638 3% Flexural Strength ASTM D-790 18,000 psi HDT ASTM D-648 270°F Water Vapor Transmission ASTM E-96 Permeability (perm-inch) 0.0009 Solvent Extraction Test 21 CFR 177.2420 Passes for FDA applications Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250°F Non-continuous 300°F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 83%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1331 sq. ft.Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 1.7 lbs./gal.
GripLine 6300 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage FumesAcidic Excellent Excellent Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 20 to 30 mils per coat, two coats recommendedWet film thickness: 25 mils maximum on vertical surfacesTotal dry film thickness: 40 to 60 mils Theoretical coverage: 66 sq. ft. @ 20 mils DFT
Primer/SubstratesConcrete: GripLine 6300 Primer is recommended for concrete applications. Steel: GripLine 6300 Primer as needed.
GripLine 6300 is normally topcoated with itself and does not require additional topcoats.
GripLine 6300 is available in medium gray.
Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Base 1 gal. 5 gal. Converter 3 fl. oz. 15 fl. oz.
Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 12 lbs. 60 lbs . Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base 88°F Converter 174°F Shelf Life: 3 Months for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 45°F to 75°F.
130
Rev. 7/1/14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Welds and weld splatter must be ground smooth. Grind all sharp projections and round all corners to a 1/8” radius.Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP 5 to achieve 2 – 4 mil sharp (angular) anchor profile. Concrete: The surface must be clean and dry. Test the surface with a moisture meter or the clear plastic patch method. Abrasive blast the concrete to remove any laitance and to open all voids in the concrete. The final surface texture should be similar to medium grit sandpaper.
Power mix the Base component, then blend Converter into the Base and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. KitGripLine 6300 Base 1 gallon 5 gallons GripLine 6300 Converter 3 fl. oz. 15 fl. oz.
Normally not recommended
45 to 60 minutes at 50°F and 35 to 45 minutes at 75°F. Less at higher temperatures.
Material Surface AmbientMinimum 50°F 50°F 50°F Maximum 75°F 90°F 110°F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation.
Plural Component Spray: Air assist Binks 37:1 ratio B8-DSQ cart mounted Super Slave spray unit with air controls, 7-1/2 S.S. hopper with cover and quick disconnect, SQ W.W. line filter, 50’ resin, catalyst and air hose assembly, swivel, Century Gun with T.C. Seat, needle and tip. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and .035” tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush and Roller: Use only high quality natural bristle brushes and solvent resistant rollers.
The following minimum times are based on a 25 mils DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Recoat Recoat Service Temperature Minimum Maximum Cure 50°F 12 hrs. 2 days 72 hrs. 75°F 5 hrs. 1 day 48 hrs. Note: If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be mechanically abraded prior to application of additional lining material.
Cleanup with Reducer 3
131
Page 1 of 2
• Durakane resin • Sprayable • For concrete and steel • Excellent wetting characteristics • VOC compliant • Separate paraffin additive • Fast cure formula
GripLine 6300 Primer is used as a penetrating primer for concrete to increase the adhesion to the GripLine 6300 system to concrete and to reduce the blow back from out gassing. Also used on blasted steel when a primer is required.
Barcol Hardness ASTM D-2583 30 Tensile Strength ASTM D638 11,000 psi Tensile elongation ASTM D-638 8% Flexural strength ASTM D-790 19,000 psi X 105
HDT ASTM D-648 180OF Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 180OF Non-continuous 200OF Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 83% +/- 1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1,331 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content – Unthinned 1.7 lbs./gal.
GripLine 6300 Primer when topcoated with GripLine 6300 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage FumesAcidic Excellent Excellent Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 5 to 10 mils per coat Wet film thickness: 6 to 12 mils maximum on vertical surfaces Theoretical coverage: 266 sq. ft. @ 5 mils DFT; 133 sq. ft. @ 10 mils
Primer/Substrates Concrete: GripLine 6300 is the recommended primer for the GripLine 6300
systems. Steel: As Needed.
GripLine 6300 Primer is normally topcoated with GripLine 6300.
GripLine 6300 Primer is clear.
Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Base 1 gal. 5 gal. Converter 3 fl. oz. 15 fl. oz.
Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 12 lbs. 60 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base 88OF Converter 174OF Shelf Life: 3 months for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 45OF to 75OF.
132
Rev. 7/1/14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Concrete: The surface must be clean and dry. Test the surface with a moisture meter or the “clear plastic patch” method. Abrasive blast the substrate to remove any laitance and to open all voids in the concrete. The final surface texture should be similar to medium grit sandpaper. Steel: Near White metal blast per SSPC-SP10.
Power mix the Base component, then blend Converter into the Base and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. KitGripLine 6300 Primer Base 1 gallon 5 gallons GripLine 6300 Converter 3 fl. oz. 15 fl. oz.
Not recommended.
45 to 60 minutes at 50OF and 25 to 30 minutes at 75OF, less at higher temperatures.
Apply one coat of GripLine 6300 Primer at 5 to 10 mils, followed by the GripLine 6300 system.
Material Surface AmbientMinimum 50OF 50OF 50OF Maximum 75OF 110OF 100OF Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation.
Plural Component Spray: Air assist Binks 37:1 ratio B8-DSQ cart mounted Super Slave spray unit with air controls, 7 -1/2 S.S. hopper with cover and quick disconnect, SQ W.W. line filter, 50’ resin, catalyst and air hose assembly, swivel, Century Gun with T.C. Seat, needle and tip. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA ad Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8” I.D. minimum material hose and a 0.70” I.D. fluid tip and air car are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and .035” tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush and Roll: Use only high quality natural bristle brush and solvent resistant rollers.
The following minimum times are based on 5 mils DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Recoat Recoat Service Temperature Minimum Maximum Cure 50OF 12 hrs. 2 days 72 hrs. 75OF 5 hrs. 1 day 48 hrs.
Cleanup with Reducer 3.
133
Page 1 of 2
• Durakane 470 resin • Sprayable • For steel and concrete • Excellent chemical and acid resistance • VOC compliant • Separate paraffin additive • Fast cure formula
GripLine 6300-G can be used as a thick-film, reinforced system per API-652 to line steel tanks. Also, it can be used as a gel coat (or wax coat) as a curing mechanism for vinyl esters. GripLine 6300-G is well suited for lining of Crude Oil Storage Tanks, Bleach Towers, Scrubbers and FGD tanks. Used to line steel tanks and to coat structural steel for off-shore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp and paper mills and other areas as recommended.
Barcol Hardness ASTM D-2583 40 Tensile Strength ASTM D638 10,000 psi Tensile elongation ASTM D-638 3% Flexural strength ASTM D-790 18,000 psi5
Water Vapor Transmission ASTM E-96 Permeability (perm-inch) 0.0005 HDT ASTM D-648 270OF Solvent extraction Test 21 CFR 177.2420 Passes for FDA Applications
Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250oF Non-continuous 300oF Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 83% +/- 1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1,331 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content – Unthinned 1.7 lbs./gal.
GripLine 6300 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage FumesAcidic Excellent Excellent Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 30 to 40 mils per coat, two coats recommended Wet film thickness: 25 mils maximum on vertical surfaces Total dry film thickness: 60 to 80 mils Theoretical coverage: 44 sq. ft. @ 30 mils DFT
Primer/Substrates Concrete: Varies with concrete. Contact U.S. Coatings for specific technical
recommendation. Steel: None required.
GripLine 6300-G is normally topcoated with itself and does not require additional topcoats. In most instances, the addition of a paraffin additive in the final coat is necessary for complete curing.
Gray only.
Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Base 1 gal. 5 gal. Converter 3 fl. oz. 15 fl. oz.
Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 12 lbs. 60 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base 88oF Converter 174oF Shelf Life: 3 months for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 45oF to 75oF.
134
Rev. 7/1/14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Welds and weld splatter must be ground smooth. Grind al sharp projections and round all corners to a 1/8” radius.Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to SSC-SP5 to achieve a 3 – 5 mil sharp (angular) anchor profile. Concrete: The surface must be clean and dry. Test the surface with a moisture meter or the “clear plastic patch” method. Abrasive blast the substrate to remove any laitance and to open all voids in the concrete. The final surface texture should be similar to medium grit sandpaper.
Power mix the Base component, then blend Converter into the Base and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. KitGripLine 6300-G Base 1 gallon 5 gallons GripLine 6300-G Converter 3 fl. oz. 15 fl. oz.
Not recommended.
45 to 60 minutes at 50OF and 25 to 30 minutes at 75OF; less at higher temperatures.
For standard FRP lining application, apply one coat of GripLine 6300-G at 30 to 40 mils, followed immediately with a 1.5 oz. chopped strand mat. Use a wet roller to rollout the mat, removing all entrapped air and to thoroughly saturate the mat. Follow this with a wet-on-wet application of an additional 30 to 40 mils of GripLine 6300-G. Within 24 hours, sand or “shave” any fiberglass strands protruding from the system. Apply one or two gel topcoats of GripLine 6300-G, at 10 to 15 mils per coat, with the paraffin additive in the final coat.
Material Surface AmbientMinimum 50oF 50oF 50oF Maximum 75oF 110oF 100oF Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation.
Plural Component Spray: Air assist Binks 37:1 ratio B8-DSQ cart mounted Super Slave spray unit with air controls, 7 -1/2 S.S. hopper with cover and quick disconnect, SQ W.W. line filter, 50’ resin, catalyst and air hose assembly, swivel, Century Gun with T.C. Seat, needle and tip. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA ad Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8” I.D. minimum material hose and a 0.70” I.D. fluid tip and air car are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and .035” tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
The following minimum times are based on 30 mils DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Recoat Recoat Service Temperature Minimum Maximum Cure 50oF 12 hrs. 2 days 72 hrs. 75oF 5 hrs. 1 day 48 hrs.
Cleanup with Reducer 3.
135
Page 1 of 2
• Uses Derakane 470 resin • Lining for steel and concrete structures • FDA compliant • Excellent chemical resistance • VOC compliant • High solids formulation • Ambient temperature cure • Low permeability
GripLine 6300-S can be used as a tank lining for steel tanks for a wide variety of food processing, chemical processing, chemical storage and waste water applications. GripLine 6300-S is well suited for lining of Stock Chests, Bleach Towers and FGD tanks or maintenance coating for highly corrosive environments. Use to line steel tanks and coat structural steel for offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills and other areas as recommended.
Barcol Hardness ASTM D-2583 40 Tensile Strength ASTM D638 10,000 psi Tensile elongation ASTM D-638 3% Bond strength (steel) ASTM D-4541 Steel: 1,400 – 1,700 psi Flexural strength ASTM D-790 18,,000 psi Water Vapor Transmission ASTM E-96 Permeability (perm-inch) 0.0009 HDT ASTM D-648 270OF Solvent extraction Test 21 CFR 177.2420 Passes for FDA Applications
Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250OF Non-continuous 300OF Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 83% +/- 1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1,331 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content – Unthinned 1.7 lbs./gal.
GripLine 6300-S is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage FumesAcidic Excellent Excellent Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 20 to 30 mils per coat, two coats recommended Wet film thickness: 25 mils maximum on vertical surfaces Total dry film thickness: 40 to 60 mils Theoretical coverage: 66 sq. ft. @ 20 mils DFT
Primer/Substrates Concrete: Grip-Line 6300 Primer. Contact U.S. Coatings for specific
technical recommendation. Steel: None required.
GripLine 6300-S is normally topcoated with itself and does not require additional topcoats.
GripLine 6300-S is available in medium gray or off-white.
Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Base 1 gal. 5 gal. Converter 3 fl. oz. 15 fl. oz.
Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 12 lbs. 60 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base 88OF Converter 174OF Shelf Life: 3 months for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 45OF to 75OF.
136
Rev. 7/1/14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Welds and weld splatter must be ground smooth. Grind al sharp projections and round all corners to a 1/8” radius.Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to SSC-SP5 to achieve a 2 – 4 mil sharp (angular) anchor profile. Concrete: New concrete must cure a minimum of 28 days. Concrete surface must be dry. Test with moisture meter or plastic patch. Abrasive blast to remove any laitence or loose concrete, and to achieve a roughened texture similar to medium grit sandpaper.
Power mix the Base component, then blend Converter into the Base and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. KitGripLine 6300-S Base 1 gallon 5 gallons GripLine 6300 Converter 3 fl. oz. 15 fl. oz.
Normally not recommended.
45 to 60 minutes at 50OF and 25 to 30 minutes at 75OF; less at higher temperatures.
Material Surface AmbientMinimum 50OF 50OF 50OF Maximum 75OF 110OF 100OF Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation.
Plural Component Spray: Air assist Binks 37:1 ratio B8-DSQ cart mounted Super Slave spray unit with air controls, 7 -1/2 S.S. hopper with cover and quick disconnect, SQ W.W. line filter, 50’ resin, catalyst and air hose assembly, swivel, Century Gun with T.C. Seat, needle and tip. Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA ad Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8” I.D. minimum material hose and a 0.70” I.D. fluid tip and air car are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Premier 45:1 and .035” tip is recommended. Do not use in-line filters. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
The following minimum times are based on 25 mils DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Recoat Recoat Service Temperature Minimum Maximum Cure 50OF 12 hrs. 2 days 72 hrs. 75OF 5 hrs. 1 day 48 hrs. Note: If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be mechanically abraded prior to application of additional lining material.
Cleanup with Reducer 3.
137
Page 1 of 2
• Uses Durakane 470 resin • Lining for steel and concrete structures • FDA compliant • Excellent chemical resistance • VOC compliant • High solids formulation • Ambient temperature cure • Very low permeability
GripLine 6300-T can be used as a tank lining for steel tanks for a wide variety of food processing, chemical processing, chemical storage and waste water applications. GripLine 6300-T is well suited for lining of Stock Chests, Bleach Towers and FGD tanks or maintenance coating for highly corrosive environments. Use to line steel tanks and coat structural steel for offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills and other areas as recommended.
Barcol Hardness ASTM D-2583 40 Tensile Strength ASTM D638 10,000 psi Tensile elongation ASTM D-638 3% Bond strength (steel) ASTM D-4541 Steel: 1,400 – 1,700 psi Flexural strength ASTM D-790 18,000 psi Water Vapor Transmission ASTM E-96 Permeability (perm-inch) 0.0009 HDT ASTM D-648 270OF Solvent extraction Test 21 CFR 177.2420 Passes for FDA Applications
Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250OF Non-continuous 300OF Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 83% +/- 1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1,331 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content – Unthinned 1.7 lbs./gal.
GripLine 6300-T is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage FumesAcidic Excellent Excellent Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 30 to 50 mils per coat, two coats recommended Wet film thickness: 60 mils maximum on vertical surfaces Total dry film thickness: 60 to 100 mils Theoretical coverage: 33 sq. ft. @ 40 mils DFT
Primer/Substrates Concrete: Varies with concrete. Contact U.S. Coatings for specific technical
recommendation. Steel: None required.
GripLine 6300-T is normally topcoated with itself and does not require additional topcoats.
GripLine 6300-T is available in medium gray and off-white.
Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Base 1 gal. 5 gal. Converter 3 fl. oz. 15 fl. oz.
Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 12 lbs. 60 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base 88OF Converter 174OF Shelf Life: 3 months for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 45OF to 75OF.
138
Rev. 7/1/14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Welds and weld splatter must be ground smooth. Grind al sharp projections and round all corners to a 1/8” radius.Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to SSC-SP5 to achieve a 3 – 5 mil sharp (angular) anchor profile. Concrete: New concrete must cure a minimum of 28 days. Concrete surface must be dry. Test with moisture meter or plastic patch. Abrasive blast to remove any laitance or loose concrete, and to achieve a roughened texture similar to medium grit sandpaper.
Power mix the Base component, then blend Converter into the Base and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. KitGripLine 6300-T Base 1 gallon 5 gallons GripLine 6300 Converter 3 fl. oz. 15 fl. oz.
Not recommended.
45 to 60 minutes at 50OF and 25 to 30 minutes at 75OF; less at higher temperatures.
Material Surface AmbientMinimum 50OF 50OF 50OF Maximum 75OF 110OF 100OF Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation.
Use a masonry trowel or float to apply the material. Use styrene to dampen the trowel and to smooth the surface. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
The following minimum times are based on 25 mils DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Recoat Recoat Service Temperature Minimum Maximum Cure 50OF 12 hrs. 2 days 72 hrs. 75OF 5 hrs. 1 day 48 hrs. Note: If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be mechanically abraded prior to application of additional lining material.
Cleanup with Reducer 3.
139
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
GripLine 6310-S
Flake Glass Vinyl Ester Lining
• Uses Derakane 470 resin
• FGD lining performance
• High temperature resistance
• Sprayable
• Excellent chemical resistance
• VOC compliant
• High solids formulation
• Ambient temperature cure
• Direct to metal application
GripLine 6310 is specially formulated to withstand high temperatures, wet gas
and chemical exposures found in wet FGD systems. This unique formulation
is suitable for service up to 280°F in wet FGD service and will withstand dry
service temperatures up to 380°F.
GripLine 6310 is well suited for use in high temperature service, oxidizing
acid service such as nitric or chromic, in acid bleach environments such as
chlorine dioxide and acid/solvent solutions. GripLine 6310 is well suited for
lining of Stock Chests, Bleach Towers and FGD tanks or maintenance coating
for highly corrosive environments. Used to line steel surfaces for offshore
platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp
& paper mills, and other areas as recommended.
Barcol Hardness ASTM D-2583 40
Tensile Strength ASTM D-638 10,000 psi
Tensile Elongation ASTM D-638 3%
Flexural Strength ASTM D-638 18,000 psi
Water Vapor Transmission
Permeability (perm-inch)
ASTM E-96 0.0005
Bond Strength to Steel 1,400psi – 1,700psi
Bond Strength to Concrete Concrete cohesive
failure
Temperature resistance
Wet 280° F
Dry 380°F
Theoretical volume solids of
mixed material 82%+1%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1315 sq. ft.
Volatile Organic Content
Unthinned 1.8 lbs./gal.
218 g/l
GripLine 6310 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and
immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes
Acidic Excellent Excellent Excellent
Alkaline Good Excellent Excellent
Solvents Good Excellent Excellent
Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness:
Part A Coat: 25 mils
Finish Coat: 25 mils
Wet film thickness:
Part A Coat: 30 mils
Finish Coat: 30 mils
Total dry film thickness: 50 mils
Theoretical coverage: 26 sq. ft. @ 50 mils DFT
Steel: GripLine 6310 is applied directly to properly prepared steel
substrates.
Concrete: GripLine 6300 Primer as needed.
GripLine 6310 is normally topcoated with itself and does not require
additional topcoats.
GripLine 6310 is available in off white/gray.
Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal.
Part A 1 gal. 5 gal.
Part B 3 fl. oz. 15 fl. oz.
Shipping weight (approx.)
Package unit 12 lbs. 60 lbs.
.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A 80°F
Part B 174°F
Shelf Life: 3 months for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 50°F to
75°F.
140
GripLine 6310 S
Rev. 9/20/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1.
Steel: Welds and weld splatter must be ground smooth. Grind all sharp
projections and round all corners to a 1/8” radius.
Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP 5 to
achieve 2 – 4 mil sharp (angular) anchor profile.
Concrete: The surface must be clean and dry. Test the surface with a
moisture meter or the clear plastic patch method. Abrasive blast the concrete
to remove any laitance, and to open all voids in the concrete. The final
surface texture should be similar to medium grit sandpaper.
Power mix the Part A component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix
until uniform at the following ratio:
1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit
GripLine 6310 Part A 1 gallon 5 gallons
GripLine 6300 Part B 3 fl.oz. 15 fl. oz.
Normally not recommended
45 to 60 minutes at 75°F. Less at higher temperatures.
Material Surface Ambient
Minimum 70°F 50°F 50°F
Maximum 80°F 90°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation.
Plural Component Spray: Air assist Binks 37:1 ratio B8-DSQ cart mounted
Super Slave spray unit with air controls, 7-1/2 S.S. hopper with cover and
quick disconnect, SQ W.W. line filter, 50’ resin, catalyst and air hose
assembly, swivel, Century Gun with T.C. Seat, needle and tip.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” fluid nozzle is recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a
reversible “self cleaning” tip with a .05” orifice or larger, tungsten carbide
nozzle.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
The following minimum times are based on a 25 mils DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface Recoat Recoat Service
Temperature Minimum Maximum Cure
50°F 12 hrs. 2 days 72 hrs.
75°F 5 hrs. 1 day 48 hrs.
Note: If the maximum recoat time is exceeded or exposed to sunlight for over
4 hours, the coating should be mechanically abraded prior to application of
additional lining material.
Cleanup with Reducer 3.
141
Page 1 of 2
• Uses Durakane 470 resin • FGD lining performance • High temperature resistance • Trowelable • Excellent chemical resistance • VOC compliant • High solids formulation • Ambient temperature cure • Direct to metal application • Very low permeability
GripLine 6310-T is formulated to withstand high temperatures, wet gas and chemical exposures found in wet FGD systems. This unique formulation is suitable for service up to 280oF in wet FGD service and will withstand dry service temperatures up to 400oF.
GripLine 6310-T is well suited for use in high temperature service, oxidizing acid service such as nitric acid or chromic, in acid bleach environments such as chlorine dioxide and acid/solvent solutions. GripLine 6310-T is well suited for lining of Stock Chests, Bleach Towers and FGD tanks or maintenance coating for highly corrosive environments. Use to line steel surfaces for offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills and other areas as recommended.
Barco Hardness ASTM D-638 40 Tensile Strength ASTM D-638 10,000 psi Tensile elongation ASTM D-638 3 % Bond strength (steel) ASTM D-4541 1,600 – 1,800 psi Bond strength (concrete) Concrete cohesive failure Flexural strength ASTM D-638 18,000 psi Water Vapor Transmission ASTM E-96 Permeability (perm-inch) 0.0004 Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Wet 280OF Dry 400OF Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 83% +/- 1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1,331 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content – Unthinned 1.7 lbs./gal.
GripLine 6310-T is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage FumesAcidic Excellent Excellent Excellent Alkaline Good Excellent Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: Base Coat: 40 - 50 mils Finish Coat: 30 mils Wet film thickness: Base Coat: 50 - 60 mils Finish Coat: 40 mils Total dry film thickness: 70 - 80 mils Theoretical coverage: 17 sq. ft @ 75 mils DFT
Primer/Substrates Steel: GripLine 6310-T is applied directly to properly prepared steel
substrates Concrete: GripLine 6300 Primer. Contact U.S. Coatings for specific technical
recommendation.
GripLine 6310-T is normally topcoated with itself and does not require additional topcoats.
GripLine 6310-T is available in medium gray and off-white.
Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Base 1 gallon 5 gallons. Converter 3 fl oz 15 fl oz.
Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 12 lbs. 60 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base 80°F Converter 174°F Shelf Life: 3 months for both the base and the converser when stored inside at 50oF to at 75OF.
142
Rev. 7/1/14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Welds and weld splatter must be ground smooth. Grind al sharp projections and round all corners to a 1/8” radius.Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to SSC-SP5 to achieve a 3 – 5 mil sharp (angular) anchor profile. Concrete: New concrete must cure a minimum of 28 days. Concrete surface must be dry. Test with moisture meter or plastic patch. Abrasive blast to remove any laitance or loose concrete and to achieve a roughened texture similar to medium grit sandpaper.
Power mix resin to a smooth, uniform consistency before combining in the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. KitGripLine 6310-T Base 1 gallon 5 gallons GripLine 6300 Converter 3 ounces 15 ounces
Not recommended.
45 to 60 minutes at 75OF; less at higher temperatures.
Material Surface AmbientMinimum 70°F 50°F 50° Maximum 80°F 90°F 110°F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish.
Use a masonry trowel or float to apply the material. Use styrene to dampen the trowel and to smooth the surface. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
The following minimum times are based on 25 mils DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Recoat Recoat Service Temperature Minimum Maximum Cure 50OF 12 hrs. 2 days 72 hrs. 75OF 5 hrs. 1 day 48 hrs. Note: If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be mechanically abraded prior to application of additional lining material.
GripLine 6310 should cure firm to the touch at minimum before touch-up or recoating. If material has not bee exposed to contaminants or cured beyond 72 hours at 75OF, no inter-coat prep is required. If surface has been exposed to contaminants or has cured beyond 72 hours or has been exposed to direct sunlight for over 4 hours then all contamination must be removed and the surface mechanically abraded before applying additional material.
Cleanup with Reducer 3.
143
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
GripLine 6400
100% Solids Urethane Tank Lining - NSF
• Complies with ANSI/NSF Standard 61
• Fast cure urethane elastomer
• Outstanding abrasion resistance
• Zero VOC – solvent free
• Direct to metal application
• Single coat application
• Excellent build on edges
• Cures down to 25oF
GripLine 6400 is used as a direct to metal tank lining system for steel potable
water tanks and/or piping.
Impact resistance (ASTM G 14-15mm ball) 160 in-lbs
Tear Resistance (ASTM D624) 352 lb/in
Elongation (ASTM D412) 52%
Tensile Strength (ASTM D412) 2878 psi
Hardness (ASTM D2240) 61-65 Shore “D”
Flexibility (ASTM D1737) Pass 1/8” bend
@ 30 mils
Water Vapor Transmission Rate @40 mils 0.080 gm/100in2
per 24 hrs.
Accelerated Weathering
(ASTM G 23 – QUV 2500 hrs) No cracking,
checking or loss of
flexibility; slight
chalking
Cathodic Disbondment (ASTM G8) Pass
Theoretical volume solids of
mixed material 100%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1604 sq. ft.
Volatile Organic Content 0.0 lbs./gal.
0 g/l
Ratio 2:1 (A to B)
GripLine 6400 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and
immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Immersion Spillage
Acidic N/R Excellent
Alkaline N/R Good
Solvents N/R Fair
Salt water Excellent Excellent
Water Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 25 to 125 mils
Wet film thickness: 25 to 125 mils
Theoretical coverage: 64 sq. ft. @ 25 mils DFT
GripLine 6400 may be built 25 to 100 mils DFT in one coat through
application of multiple passes.
GripLine 6400 is applied directly to steel as recommended.
GripLine 6400 is normally topcoated with itself and does not require
additional topcoats.
GripLine 6400 is available in tan only.
Packaging unit 150 gal.
Part A 100 gal.
Part B 50 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.)
Package unit 1350 lbs.
.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A 500°F
Part B 230°F
Shelf Life: 24 months for Part A and 12 months for Part B when stored inside
at 75°F
144
GripLine 6400
Rev. 9/20/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS. OSHA CLASS IIIA LIQUIDS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all
sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist
workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-201-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1.
Steel and Cast Iron: Immersion and Non-immersion: Abrasive blast to
Near White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP10 and obtain 3.5 – 4 mil
anchor profile.
Power mix Resin (Part A) thoroughly for 30 minutes to a uniform consistence.
Note: Part B requires no mixing before use.
Extreme care must be taken to use separate mixing devices to prevent
cross contamination of materials.
150 Gallon Kit
GripLine 6400 Part A 100 gallons
GripLine 6400 Part B 50 gallons
Do Not Thin!
Five to eight minutes at 72oF. Do not apply material that has exceeded pot
life.
Material Surface Ambient Humidity
Optimum 80o-90oF
(27o-32oC)
40-140oF
(4o-60oC)
40o-120oF
(4o-49oC)
30-70%
Minimum 80oF
(27oC)
40oF
(4oC)
25oF
(-4oC)
0%
Maximum 90oF
(32oC)
140oF
(60oC)
120oF
(49oC)
95%
Industry standards are for substrate temperatures to be 5oF (3oC) above the
dew point. Caution: This product is moisture sensitive in the liquid stage and
until fully cured. Protect from high humidity, dew and direct moisture contact
until fully cured. Application and/or curing in humidities above maximum, or
exposed to moisture from rain or dew may result in loss of gloss and/or
microbubbling of the product.
40-110oF
0-100% Relative Humidity
Store indoors and keep dry. Do not place drums directly on concrete or
ground. Store on top of wood slats or pallets. Blanket all partial drums with
nitrogen gas to prevent moisture contamination. Avoid freezing. Do not open
until ready to use. Rotate Resin (Part A) drums regularly if stored for the long
term.
Listed below are general equipment guidelines for the application of this
product. Job site conditions may require modifications to these guidelines to
achieve the desired results.
Plural Component Airless Spray: Graco Hydra-Cat 45:1 fluid-to-air ratio,
King air motor with triplex bottom on a 2A:1B, fixed –volume ratio. Standard
equipment typically includes heated hoses, drum heaters, suction feed from 50
gallon steel drums (feed pumps not required in most cases), recirculation
system, automatic high-pressure shut-off system. Other set-ups may be
required and many options are available. Applicator training is required and
spray equipment must be approved by U.S. Coatings.
Touch-Up: Brush apply material from GripLine 6400 Repair Kit. For use on
small areas only. Contact your U.S. Coatings representative for additional
information.
Surface Temp.
& 50% Relative
Humidity
Dry to Receive
Light Traffic
Maximum
Recoat Time
Cure For
Immersion
Service
72oF (22oC) 2 Hours 18 Hours 24 Hours*
These times are based on recommend dry film thicknesses.
If maximum recoat time is exceeded, the surface must be abraded by sweep
blast prior to the application of additional coats.
*24 hours applies to potable water. For other liquids, consult with U.S.
Coatings.
Repair and/or touch-up should be made using GripLine 6400. Contact U.S.
Coatings for material recommendation when plural component spray
equipment is not available.
MEK or a 1:1 blend of MEK and Toluol.
145
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
GripLine 6450
NSF Epoxy Tank Lining
Features Complies with ANSI/NSF Standard 61 100% solids Rapid turnaround Two component epoxy Zero VOC Direct to metal application Excellent build on edges Ambient temperature cure
Typical Uses GripLine 6450 is used as a direct to metal tank lining system for steel potable water tanks and/or piping and also used in concrete wet wells. GripLine 6450 is NSF listed under LiquiTile 1172.
Physical Data Impact resistance (ASTM G 14-15mm ball) 125.4 in-lbs
(1447 cm/kg) Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) >1000psi Elongation (ASTM D 412) <3% Tensile Strength (ASTM D 412) 4000 psi Accelerated Weathering (ASTM G 23 – QUV 2500 hrs) No cracking,
checking or loss of flexibility; slight chalking
Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 100% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1604 sq. ft . Volatile Organic Content 0.0 lbs./gal.
Resistance GripLine 6450 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Acidic N/R Excellent Alkaline N/R Good Solvents N/R Fair Salt water Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent
Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 15 to 25 mils Wet film thickness: 15 to 25 mils Theoretical coverage: 106 sq. ft . @ 15 mils DFT GripLine 6450 may be built 15 to 100 mils DFT in one coat through application of multiple passes.
Substrates GripLine 6450 is applied directly to steel and concrete as recommended.
Topcoats GripLine 6450 is normally topcoated with itself and does not require additional topcoats.
Colors GripLine 6450 is available in white and others upon special order.
Shipping Data Packaging unit 3 gal. 15 gal. Part A 2 gal 10 gal. Part B 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 38 lbs. 190 lbs. . Flash Point: (PMCC) Part A >200°F Part B >200°F Shelf Life: 12 months for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 60°F to 90°F.
146
GripLine 6450
Rev. 7/13/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS. OSHA CLASS IIIA LIQUIDS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all fla mes and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel for Immersion Service: Abrasive blast to Near White Metal cleanliness in accordance with SSPC-SP 10 and obtain 3 – 4 mil anchor profile.
Mixing Power mix Part B component separately and thoroughly for 5 to 10 minutes, to achieve a uniform consistency. Extreme care must be taken to use separate mixing devices to prevent cross contamination of materials. 3 Gal. Kit 15 Gal. Kit GripLine 6450 Part A 2 gallons 10 gallons GripLine 6450 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallons
Thinning Thinning is not normally recommended, however, thinning up to 20% by volume with Reducer #5 can be made for small areas.
Pot Life 30 minutes at 75°F. Reducer #5 extends the pot life.
Applications Conditions Material* Surface Ambient Minimum 75°F 50°F 50° Maximum 140°F 100°F 100°F *Materials must be preheated to 75-90°F minimum prior to use. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation.
Application Equipment Heated Plural Component Airless Only
2:1 ratio capable of producing a minimum delivery rate of 1 1/4 gallons per minute at a tip pressure of 2600-3000 psi.
Proportioner heaters and heated hose capable of maintaining material temperatures of 135-150°F at the spray tip.
BSMF heaters capable of maintaining material temperatures of 75-90°F during application.
2:1 ratio feed pumps minimum. Contact U.S. Coatings for specific information.
Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 30-50% RH. Excessive film thickness, cooler temperatures or inadequate ventilation will require longer cure times. Surface Final Temperature To Touch Cure 50-60°F 8 hours 14 days 70-80°F 3 hours 7 days 90-100°F 2 hours 3 days
Recoat Times Surface Temperature Minimum Maximum 50-60°F 12 hours 72 hours 70-80°F 4 hours 48 hours 90-100°F 2 hours 24 hours If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, contact U.S. Coatings for recommended recoat procedure.
Repair Repairs and/or touch-up should be made using GripLine 6450. Contact U.S. Coatings for material recommendation when plural component spray equipment is not available.
Cleanup Reducer #5 or MEK.
147
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
GripLine 6500
Novolac Tank Lining
• Excellent solvent and chemical resistance
• 100% solids
• Semi-gloss finish
• Zero VOC
• Excellent build on edges
• Ambient temperature cure
• Low odor
• Easy to apply
GripLine 6500 is used as a tank lining or maintenance coating for highly
corrosive environments. Used to line steel and concrete tanks and coat
structural steel for offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants,
power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and other areas as recommended.
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 200°F
Non-continuous 250°F
Theoretical volume solids of
mixed material 100%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1604 sq. ft.
Volatile Organic Content
Unthinned 0 lbs./gal.
0 g/l
GripLine 6500 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and
immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. For
specific immersion recommendation, contact U.S. Coatings Technical Service
department.
Splash &
Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes
Acidic Excellent Excellent Excellent
Alkaline Excellent Excellent Excellent
Solvents Excellent Excellent Excellent
Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Crude Oil Excellent Excellent Excellent
Sour Crude Excellent Excellent Excellent
Gasoline Excellent Excellent Excellent
Diesel Fuel Excellent Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 20 to 80 mils
Wet film thickness: 20 to 80 mils
Theoretical coverage: 80 sq. ft. @ 20 mils DFT
Note: The film thickness will vary with the intended service.
GripLine 6500 is applied directly to steel as recommended. Use EpoxyGrip
2078 Primer when applying to concrete.
GripLine 6500 is normally not topcoated.
GripLine 6500 is available in brick red and medium gray. Normally the red is
used to provide color contrast with a blasted steel surface.
Packaging unit 3 gal. 15 gal.
Part A 2 gal. 10 gal.
Part B 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.)
GripLine 6500 3 gal. 15 gal.
40 lbs. 200 lbs.
Reducer #5 1 gal. 5 gal.
8 lbs. 40 lbs.
.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A above 200°F
Part B above 200°F
Reducer 5 -4°F
Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to
110°F.
148
GripLine 6500
Rev. 9/20/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS. OSHA CLASS IIIA LIQUIDS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all
sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist
workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Test for chlorides.
Steel: Immersion Service: Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness
according to SSPC-SP 5 to achieve 3.5 – 5 mil anchor profile.
Concrete: High Pressure Water Blast or Abrasive Blast to remove any
surface laitance, loose concrete, curing agents or any contaminants that could
affect adhesion.
Non-immersion Service: Abrasive blast to Near White Metal cleanliness
according to SSPC-SP10 to achieve 2.5 – 3 mil anchor profile.
Power mix the Part A component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix
until uniform at the following ratio:
3 Gal. Kit 15 Gal. Kit
GripLine 6500 Part A 2 gallon 10 gallon
GripLine 6500 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon
Do not thin for applications using airless spray. GripLine 6500 may be
thinned up to 1 pint/gal. with Reducer 5 for conventional spray.
Thirty minutes at 75°F and less at higher temperatures. Pot-life ends by the
loss of film build.
Material Surface Ambient
Minimum 50°F 50°F 50°F
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Premier 45:1 ratio or Xtreme Sprayer
is recommended with a .421 to a .641 tip size and a hopper feed. Remove any
in-line filters.
Plural Component: During hot conditions in the field, plural component
equipment, such as Graco’s Xtreme Mix, is strongly recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 20 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface Final
Temperature To Touch To Recoat Cure
60°F 24 hrs. 48 hrs. 96 hrs.
70°F 12 hrs. 24 hrs. 60 hrs.
80°F 6 hrs. 12 hrs. 36 hrs.
90°F 3 hr. 6 hrs. 24 hrs.
Surface Temperature Time
50°F 5 days
75°F 48 hours
90°F 24 hours
If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted
with fine aggregate to roughen the surface.
Cleanup with Reducer 3 or MEK.
Much of the information listed on this data sheet is for general
guideline purposes. For specific projects, refer to the specification for
detailed instructions. If a specification is not available, contact your U.S.
Coatings representative.
149
Page 1 of 2
• Excellent solvent and chemical resistance • 100% solids • Semi-gloss finish • Zero VOC • Excellent build on edges • Low permeation • Low odor • Thermal shock resistant for CUI
GripLine 6510 is used as a tank lining or maintenance coating for highly corrosive environments. Used to line steel and concrete tanks and coat structural steel for offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and other areas as recommended. Used for CUI applications.
Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 400°F Non-continuous 450°F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 100% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1604 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 0 lbs./gal.
GripLine 6510 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. For specific immersion recommendation, contact U.S. Coatings Technical Service department. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage FumesAcidic Excellent Excellent Excellent Alkaline Excellent Excellent Excellent Solvents Excellent Excellent Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent Crude Oil Excellent Excellent Excellent Sour Crude Excellent Excellent Excellent Gasoline Excellent Excellent Excellent Diesel Fuel Excellent Excellent Excellent Sour Water Excellent Excellent Excellent Propane Excellent Excellent Excellent Jet Fuel Excellent Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 20 to 80 mils Wet film thickness: 20 to 80 mils Theoretical coverage: 80 sq. ft. @ 20 mils DFT Note: The film thickness will vary with the intended service.
GripLine 6510 is applied directly to steel as recommended. Use EpoxyGrip 2078 Primer when applying to concrete.
GripLine 6510 is normally not topcoated.
GripLine 6510 is available in brick red and medium gray. Normally the red is used to provide color contrast with a blasted steel surface.
Packaging unit 3 gal. 15 gal. Base 2 gal. 10 gal. Converter 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.) GripLine 6510 3 gal. 15 gal.
50 lbs. 250 lbs.
Reducer 5 1 gal. 5 gal.8 lbs. 40 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base above 200°F Converter above 200°F Reducer 5 -4°F
Shelf Life: 3 years for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
150
Rev. 6/16/15 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS. OSHA CLASS IIIA LIQUIDS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Test for chlorides. Steel: Immersion Service: Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP 5 to achieve 3.5 – 5 mil anchor profile. Concrete: High Pressure Water Blast or Abrasive Blast to remove any surface laitance, loose concrete, curing agents or any contaminants that could affect adhesion.Non-immersion Service: Abrasive blast to Near White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP10 to achieve 2.5 – 3 mil anchor profile.
Power mix the Base component, then blend Converter into the Base and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 3 Gal. Kit 15 Gal. KitGripLine 6500 Base 2 gallon 10 gallon GripLine 6510 Converter 1 gallon 5 gallon
Do not thin for applications using airless spray. GripLine 6510 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. with Reducer 5 for conventional spray.
Thirty minutes at 75°F and less at higher temperatures. Pot-life ends by the loss of film build.
Material Surface AmbientMinimum 50°F 50°F 50°F Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Premier 45:1 ratio or Xtreme Sprayer is recommended with a .421 to a .641 tip size and a hopper feed. Remove any in-line filters. Plural Component: During hot conditions in the field, or large area projects, plural component equipment, such as Graco’s Xtreme Mix, is strongly recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 20 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Final Temperature To Touch To Recoat Cure 60°F 24 hrs. 48 hrs. 14 days 70°F 12 hrs. 24 hrs. 7 day 80°F 6 hrs. 12 hrs. 4 days 90°F 3 hr. 6 hrs. 2 days
Surface Temperature Time 50°F 5 days 75°F 48 hours 90°F 24 hours
If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine aggregate to roughen the surface.
Cleanup with Reducer 3 or MEK.
Much of the information listed on this data sheet is for general guideline purposes. For specific projects, refer to the specification for detailed instructions. If a specification is not available, contact your U.S. Coatings Representative.
151
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
GripLine 6520
Novolac Tank Lining
Features • Excellent solvent and chemical resistance • 100% solids • Semi-gloss finish • Zero VOC • Excellent build on edges • Ambient temperature cure • Low odor • Easy to apply
Typical Uses GripLine 6520 is used as a tank lining or maintenance coating for highly corrosive environments. Used to line steel and concrete tanks and coat structural steel for offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and other areas as recommended.
Physical Data Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 200°F Non-continuous 250°F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 100% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1604 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 0 lbs./gal.
Resistance GripLine 6520 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. For specific immersion recommendation, contact U.S. Coatings Technical Service department. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Excellent Excellent Excellent Alkaline Excellent Excellent Excellent Solvents Excellent Excellent Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent Crude Oil Excellent Excellent Excellent Sour Crude Excellent Excellent Excellent Gasoline Excellent Excellent Excellent Diesel Fuel Excellent Excellent Excellent
Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 20 to 80 mils Wet film thickness: 20 to 80 mils Theoretical coverage: 80 sq. ft. @ 20 mils DFT Note: The film thickness will vary with the intended service.
Substrates GripLine 6520 is applied directly to steel as recommended. Use EpoxyGrip 2078 Primer when applying to concrete.
Topcoats GripLine 6520 is normally not topcoated.
Colors GripLine 6520 is available in brick red and medium gray. Normally the red is used to provide color contrast with a blasted steel surface.
Shipping Data Packaging unit 3 gal. 15 gal. Base 2 gal. 10 gal. Converter 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.)
GripLine 6520 3 gal. 15 gal. 40 lbs. 200 lbs.
Reducer #5 1 gal. 5 gal.
8 lbs. 40 lbs. . Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base above 200°F Converter above 200°F Reducer 5 -4°F Shelf Life: 3 years for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
152
GripLine 6520
Rev. 2/18/14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS. OSHA CLASS IIIA LIQUIDS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
2303 Weldon Parkway, St. Louis, MO 63146 phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com
Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Test for chlorides. Steel: Immersion Service: Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP 5 to achieve 3.5 – 5 mil anchor profile. Concrete: High Pressure Water Blast or Abrasive Blast to remove any surface laitance, loose concrete, curing agents or any contaminants that could affect adhesion. Non-immersion Service: Abrasive blast to Near White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP10 to achieve 2.5 – 3 mil anchor profile.
Mixing Power mix the Base component, then blend Converter into the Base and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 3 Gal. Kit 15 Gal. Kit GripLine 6520 Base 2 gallon 10 gallon GripLine 6520 Converter 1 gallon 5 gallon
Thinning Do not thin for applications using airless spray. GripLine 6520 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. with Reducer 5 for conventional spray.
Pot Life Forty-five minutes at 75°F and less at higher temperatures. Pot-life ends by the loss of film build. Contact U.S. Coatings for procedure to extend pot life.
Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 50°F 50°F Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation.
Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Premier 45:1 ratio or Xtreme Sprayer is recommended with a .421 to a .641 tip size and a hopper feed. Remove any in-line filters. Plural Component: During hot conditions in the field, plural component equipment, such as Graco’s Xtreme Mix, is strongly recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core.
Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 20 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Final Temperature To Touch To Recoat Cure 60°F 24 hrs. 48 hrs. 14 days 70°F 12 hrs. 24 hrs. 7 day 80°F 6 hrs. 12 hrs. 4 days 90°F 3 hr. 6 hrs. 2 days
Maximum Recoat Surface Temperature Time 50°F 5 days 75°F 48 hours 90°F 24 hours If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine aggregate to roughen the surface.
Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 3 or MEK.
NOTE: Much of the information listed on this data sheet is for general guideline purposes. For specific projects, refer to the specification for detailed instructions. If a specification is not available, contact your U.S. Coatings representative.
153
Page 1 of 2
• Flexible Novolac Polysulfide • UFGS 09 97 13.15 Specification • 100% solids • Zero VOC • Excellent build on edges • Ambient temperature cure • Elastomeric • Easy to apply
GripLine 6575 is a tank lining for Jet fuels. Used to line steel and concrete tanks that contain chemicals and fuels. Flexibility reduces cracking at weld seems in steel tanks and hairline cracks in concrete tanks.
Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 200°F Non-continuous 250°F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 100% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1604 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 0 lbs./gal. Tensile strength 800 psi Elongation 50% Shore D 30 Adhesion 2000 psi
GripLine 6575 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. For specific immersion recommendation, contact U.S. Coatings Technical Service department. Splash & Exposure Spillage Acid Very Good Alkaline Excellent Solvents Very Good Salt water Excellent Water Excellent Crude Oil Excellent Sour Crude Excellent Gasoline Very Good Diesel Fuel Excellent
Dry film thickness: 8-12 mils Wet film thickness: 8-12 mils Theoretical coverage: 160 sq. ft. @ 10 mils DFT Note: The film thickness will vary with the intended service.
GripLine 6575 is applied directly to steel as recommended. Use EpoxyGrip 2078 Primer when applying to concrete.
GripLine 6575 is normally not topcoated.
GripLine 6575 is available in white, blue and medium gray. Normally the blue is used to provide color contrast with a blasted steel surface.
Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal. Part A 1 gal. 5 gal. Part B 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.) GripLine 6575 2 gal. 10 gal.
30 lbs. 300 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A above 200°F Part B above 200°F
Shelf Life: 1 year for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
154
Rev. 12/10/14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS. OSHA CLASS IIIA LIQUIDS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Test for chlorides. Steel: Immersion Service: Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP 5 to achieve 3.5 – 5 mil anchor profile. Concrete: High Pressure Water Blast or Abrasive Blast to remove any surface laitance, loose concrete, curing agents or any contaminants that could affect adhesion.Non-immersion Service: Abrasive blast to Near White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP10 to achieve 2.5 – 3 mil anchor profile.
Power mix the Part A and Part B components, then blend together and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 2 Gal. Kit 10 Gal. KitGripLine 6575 Part A 1 gallon 5 gallon GripLine 6575 Part B 1 gallon 5 gallon
Do not thin for applications using airless spray.
Thirty minutes at 75°F and less at higher temperatures. Pot-life ends by increase in viscosity.
Material Surface AmbientMinimum 50°F 50°F 50°F Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Premier 45:1 ratio or Xtreme Sprayer is recommended with a .421 to a .641 tip size and a hopper feed. Remove any in-line filters. Plural Component: During hot conditions in the field, plural component equipment, such as Graco’s Xtreme Mix, is strongly recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 10 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch/ Recoat Final Cure 60°F 48 hrs. 28 days 70°F 24 hrs. 21 day 80°F 12 hrs. 14 days 90°F 6 hrs. 10 days
Surface Temperature Time 50°F 5 days 75°F 48 hours 90°F 24 hours
If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine aggregate to roughen the surface.
Cleanup with Reducer 3 or MEK.
Much of the information listed on this data sheet is for general guideline purposes. For specific projects, refer to the specification for detailed instructions. If a specification is not available, contact your U.S. Coatings representative.
155
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
GripLine 6575 Caulk
Novolac Polysulfide Caulk
Features Flexible Novolac Polysulfide Caulk 99% solids Very Low VOC Elastomeric Low odor Easy to Apply Ambient temperature cure
Typical Uses GripLine 6575 is used as a caulk to seal cracks in various substrates.
Physical Data Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 200°F Non-continuous 250°F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 99% Volatile Organic Content 0.11 lbs./gal. Mixed consistency Caulk Shrinkage <0.05% Bond Strength to concrete >concrete Shore D Hardness 30 Tensile Strength 800 psi
Resistance GripLine 6575 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. For specific immersion recommendation, contact U.S. Coatings Technical Service department. Splash & Exposure Spillage Acidic Very Good Alkaline Excellent Solvents Very Good Salt water Excellent Water Excellent Crude Oil Excellent Sour Crude Excellent Gasoline Very Good Diesel Fuel Excellent
Thickness per Mixed Gallon Thickness Coverage ½ inch 38 linear ft . 1 inch 19 linear ft . 2 inches 9 linear ft .
Substrates GripLine 6575 can be applied directly to steel as recommended EpoxyGrip 2078 can be used as a primer to enhance adhesion to concrete.
Topcoats GripLine 6575 is normally not topcoated.
Colors GripLine 6575 is available in gray.
Shipping Data Packaging unit 2 gal. 10 gal. Part A 1 gal. 5 gal. Part B 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.)
GripLine 6575 2 gal. 10 gal. 25 lbs. 250 lbs.
. Flash Point: (Setaflash) Part A above 200°F Part B above 200°F Shelf Life: 1 year for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Test for chlorides. Steel: Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP 5 to achieve 3.5 – 5 mil anchor profile. Concrete: High Pressure Water Blast or Abrasive Blast to remove any surface laitance, loose concrete, curing agents or any contaminants that could affect adhesion.
Mixing Mix the Part A component, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform at the following ratio. 2.0 Cu. Ft. Kit GripLine 6575 Caulk Part A 1 gallon GripLine 6575 Caulk Part B 1 gallon
156
GripLine 6575 Caulk
Rev. 9/13/16 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS. OSHA CLASS IIIA LIQUIDS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all fla mes and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Thinning Do not thin.
Pot Life 2 hours at 75°F and less at higher temperatures.
Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 50°F 50°F Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation.
Application Equipment After the caulk is applied onto the surface to the desired thickness, level out the mixture and finish the surface with a steel trowel.
Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a thickness of ½ inch. Surface Final Temperature Initial Set Cure 60°F 24 hrs. 14 days 80°F 12 hrs. 7 days
Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 3 or MEK.
NOTE: Much of the information listed on this data sheet is for general guideline purposes. For specific projects, refer to the specification for detailed instructions. If a specification is not available, contact your U.S. Coatings representative.
157
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
GripLine 6700
High Solids Novolac Epoxy Tank Lining
Features Coating under insulation Temperature resistance to 450°F Resists boiling water Excellent thermal shock resistance Semi-gloss finish VOC compliant High solids formulation Excellent build on edges Ambient temperature cure Blush resistant during cure Easy to apply
Typical Uses GripLine 6700 is used as a tank lining, under insulation or maintenance coating for highly corrosive environments. Used to line steel tanks and to coat structural steel for offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and other areas as recommended. When used under insulation GripLine 6700 offers outstanding resistance to wet & dry cycling at high (450°F) temperatures.
Physical Data Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 60 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 80 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 3913 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion)* Continuous 425°F Non-continuous 450°F *Discoloration and loss of gloss may occur above 250°F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 80%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1283 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 0.8 lbs./gal. Reducer 5 @ 1 pint/gal. 0.8 lbs./gal. Reducer 3 @ 1 pint/gal. 1.6 lbs./gal. Reducer 7 @ 2 pints/gal 2.2 lbs./gal
Resistance GripLine 6700 is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage Fumes Acidic Excellent Excellent Excellent Alkaline Excellent Excellent Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 8 to 10 mils Wet film thickness: 10 to 12 mils Theoretical coverage: 160 sq. ft. @ 8 mils DFT.
Substrates GripLine 6700 is applied directly to steel as recommended.
Topcoats GripLine 6700 is normally topcoated with itself and does not require additional topcoats.
Colors GripLine 6700 is available in white and medium gray. Normally the white is used as the primer to provide color contrast with the steel surface and gray topcoat.
Shipping Data Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Base 0.89 gal. 4.45 gal. Converter 0.11 gal 0.55 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 12 lbs. 60 lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 5 12 lbs. 60 lbs. Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Reducer 7 9 lbs. 45 lbs. . Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base 0°F Converter Above 200°F Reducer 3 78°F Reducer 7 100°F Reducer 5 -4°F Shelf Life: 3 years for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
158
GripLine 6700
Rev. 1/31/14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
2303 Weldon Parkway, St. Louis, MO 63146 phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com
Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Immersion Service: Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP 5 to achieve 1.5 – 3 mil anchor profile. Non-immersion Service: Abrasive blast to Near White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP10 to achieve 1.5 – 3 mil anchor profile
Mixing Power mix the Base component, then blend Converter into the Base and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit GripLine 6700 Base .89 gallon 4.45 gallon GripLine 6700 Converter .11 gallon 0.55 gallon
Thinning GripLine 6700 may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. with Reducer 8 for VOC requirements. For normal application Reducer 3 is recommended. For application to a hot surface Reducer 7 is recommended.
Pot Life Four hours at 75° and less at higher temperatures. Pot-life ends by the loss of film build.
Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 50°F 50° Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation.
Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .017” to .021” tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core.
Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 10 mils DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Final Temperature To Touch To Recoat Cure 60°F 16 hrs. 48 hrs. 14 days 75°F 8 hrs. 24 hrs. 7 day 90°F 4 hrs. 12 hrs. 4 days
Maximum Recoat Surface Temperature Days 60°F 14 70°F 7 80°F 4 90°F 1 If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine aggregate to roughen the surface.
Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 8 or acetone.
159
Page 1 of 2
Features• Meets FDA 21CFR 175.3000 for direct food contact • One coat application • CUI (Coating Under Insulation) • Temperature resistance to 450°F • Resists boiling water • Excellent thermal shock resistance • Semi-gloss finish • VOC compliant • High solids/high build formulation • Excellent build on edges • Ambient temperature cure • Blush resistant during cure • Easy to apply
GripLine 6700 HB is used as a tank lining, under insulation or maintenance coating for highly corrosive environments. Used to line steel tanks and to coat structural steel for offshore platforms, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and other areas as recommended. When used under insulation GripLine 6700 HB offers outstanding resistance to wet & dry cycling at high (450°F) temperatures.
Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060) 1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss CS 17 wheel 60 mg Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794) Direct impact 80 in-lbs. Adhesion (ASTM D 4541) 3913 psi Temperature resistance (non-immersion)* Continuous 425°F Non-continuous 450°F *Discoloration and loss of gloss may occur above 250°F Theoretical volume solids of mixed material 80%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1283 sq. ft. Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 0.8 lbs./gal. Reducer 5 @ 1 pint/gal. 0.8 lbs./gal. Reducer 7 @ 2 pints/gal 2.2 lbs./gal
GripLine 6700 HB is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric and immersion exposures. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Immersion Spillage FumesAcidic Excellent Excellent Excellent Alkaline Excellent Excellent Excellent Solvents Good Excellent Excellent Salt water Excellent Excellent Excellent Water Excellent Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 16 to 20 milsWet film thickness: 20 to 25 mils Theoretical coverage: 64 sq. ft. @ 20 mils DFT.
GripLine 6700 HB is applied directly to steel as recommended.
GripLine 6700 HB is normally topcoated with itself and does not require additional topcoats.
GripLine 6700 HB is available in white and medium gray. Normally the white is used as the primer to provide color contrast with the steel surface and gray topcoat.
Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Base 0.89 gal. 4.45 gal. Converter 0.11 gal 0.55 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.) Package unit 12 lbs. 60 lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal. Reducer 5 12 lbs. 60 lbs. Reducer 7 9 lbs. 45 lbs. . Flash Point: (Setaflash) Base 0°F Converter Above 200°F Reducer 7 100°F Reducer 5 0°F
Shelf Life: 2 years for both the base and the converter when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
160
Rev. 7/6/15 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. Steel: Immersion Service: Abrasive blast to a White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP 5 to achieve 1.5 – 3 mil anchor profile. Non-immersion Service: Abrasive blast to Near White Metal cleanliness according to SSPC-SP10 to achieve 1.5 – 3 mil anchor profile
Power mix the Base component, then blend Converter into the Base and mix until uniform at the following ratio: 1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. KitGripLine 6700 HB Pt A .89 gallon 4.45 gallon GripLine 6700 Pt B .11 gallon 0.55 gallon
GripLine 6700 HB may be thinned up to 1 pint/gal. with Reducer 5. For application to a hot surface Reducer 7 is recommended. Reduction of GripLine 6700 HB will reduce the film build.
Two hours at 75° and less at higher temperatures. Pot-life ends by the loss of film build.
Material Surface AmbientMinimum 50°F 50°F 50° Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Extreme with a 60:1 ratio and a .017” to .021” tip is recommended. A 30 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core. For small areas or touch-up only.
The following minimum times are based on a 20 mils DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Final Temperature To Touch To Recoat Cure 60°F 16 hrs. 72 hrs. 14 days 75°F 8 hrs. 36 hrs. 7 day 90°F 4 hrs. 18 hrs. 4 days Elevated temperature final cure will increase the resistance of GripLine of GripLine 6700 HB. For severe or food service, a final cure of 200°F for 12 hours is recommended.
Surface Temperature Days 60°F 14 70°F 7 80°F 4 90°F 1 If the maximum recoat time is exceeded, the coating should be sweep blasted with fine aggregate to roughen the surface.
Cleanup with Reducer 5 or acetone.
161
ALKYD & SILOX-ANE COATINGS
ALKYD & SILOXANE COATINGS
162
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
MultiGrip 7000
Alkyd Primer Coating
• Inhibitive pigmented primer
• Single package
• Fast dry
• VOC compliant
• Weld-through capability • Extended recoat windows
• Brushable and rollable
• Excellent wetting and adhesion properties
• Flexible film
MultiGrip 7000 is used as a primer for alkyd finishes where a single package,
easy to use product is desired. Ideal product for steel exposed in noncorrosive
atmospheres. Used on structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries,
petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and others as
recommended.
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 67%+1%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1075 sq. ft
Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 1.98 lbs./gal.
240 g/l
MultiGrip 7000 is resistant to a wide range of mild chemical fumes in
atmospheric exposures. MultiGrip 7000 is not normally recommended for
immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Poor Fair
Alkaline Poor Fair
Solvents Poor Fair
Salt water Good Excellent
Water Good Excellent
Dry film thickness: 2 mils
Wet film thickness: 3 to 5 mils
Theoretical Coverage: 538 sq. ft. @ 2 mils
Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require
additional coats for hiding.
MultiGrip 7000 is normally applied directly to the steel surface and does not
require a primer.
MultiGrip 7000 is normally topcoated with an alkyd finish such as MultiGrip
7200 and acrylic finishes such as AquaGrip 5100. Can also be topcoated with
urethanes with adequate dry times.
MultiGrip 7000 is available in red and gray. Custom colors are available for
special orders.
Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.) 15 lbs. 75 lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal.
Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
MultiGrip 7000 3°F
Reducer 3 78°F
Reducer 6 60°F
Shelf Life: 2 years when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
163
MultiGrip 7000
Rev. 9/19/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. The minimal surface
preparation is Hand Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2 or Power Tool cleaning per
SSPC-SP3.
Power mix until uniform,. Then thin as required.
Reducer 3 is recommended up to one pint per gallon. For VOC restrictions,
use Reducer #6.
MultiGrip 7000 is a single package product and can be used once the
container is opened and mixed. However, once exposed to the air, a skin can
develop on the surface of the paint.
Material Surface Ambient
Minimum 50°F 35°F 35°F
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation, which may dull the finish.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .013”
to .017” tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface
Temperature To Touch To Handle/Recoat 50°F 2 hrs. 8 hrs.
60°F 1 hr. 4 hrs.
70°F 30 min. 2 hrs.
80°F 20 min. 1 hr.
90°F 10 min. 30 min.
MultiGrip 7000 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between
coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the
maximum cure of MultiGrip 7000 prior to recoating with itself. However, the
aged coating must be clean and free of chalk and surface contamination. High
pressure washing is an acceptable method of removing chalk and surface
contamination.
Cleanup with Reducer 3.
164
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
MultiGrip 7000 XP
Acrylic Siloxane Finish Coating
• High gloss finish
• High Solids
• VOC compliant
• Excellent hardness on warm surfaces
• Rapid and extended recoat windows
• Excellent gloss and color retention
• Excellent wetting and adhesion properties
• Flexible film
• Low temperature cure capabilities
• Rapid handling characteristics
• Good chemical resistance
MultiGrip 7000 XP is used as a finish coat for epoxies and polyurethane
where long term color and gloss retention is desired. Used on structural steel,
steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars,
pulp & paper mills, masonry surfaces and others as recommended.
(Typical Properties)
Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 7200 hours (over ZincGard 1000/EpoxyGrip 2000)
Plane blistering or rusting: none
Accelerated Weathering (ASTM D 4587) 4000 hours
+ 82 % gloss retention
Weathering (ASTM D 1014, South Florida) 6 months
100% gloss retention
(Typical Properties)
Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060)
1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss
CS 17 wheel 26 mg
Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794)
Direct impact 120 in-lbs.
Adhesion (ASTM D 3359)
Over EpoxyGrip 2100 primer 5A
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volume solids content of
mixed material 66%+1%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1059 sq. ft
Volatile Organic Content
Unthinned 2.5 lbs./gal.
303 g/l
Reducer 3 @ 1 pint/gal. 3.0 lbs./gal.
363 g/l
Reducer 4 @ 1 pint/gal. 3.0 lbs./gal.
363 g/l
MultiGrip 7000 XP is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric
exposures. MultiGrip 7000 XP is not normally recommended for immersion
service. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Good Excellent
Alkaline Good Excellent
Solvents Good Excellent
Salt water Excellent Excellent
Water Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 3 to 6mils
Wet film thickness: 5 to 8 mils
Coverage: 265 sq. ft. @ 4mils
Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require
additional coats for hiding.
MultiGrip 7000 XP is normally applied to an epoxy or urethane coating.
MultiGrip 7000 XP is recommended over EpoxyGrip 2100 primer,
MasticGrip 2500 and EpoxyGrip 2000.
MultiGrip 7000 XP is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is
normally recoated with itself.
MultiGrip 7000 XP will be available in a state-of-the-art color system
providing accurate quality matches. A color chart of 100 commonly used
colors is provided for your convenience. Custom colors can be computer
matched.
Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal.
Part A .8 gal. 4 gal.
Part B .2 gal. 1 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.)
Package unit 14 lbs. 70 lbs.
Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs.
Reducer 4 9 lbs. 45 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A 82°F
Part B 81°F
Reducer 3 78°F
Reducer 4 108°F
Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to
110°F.
165
MultiGrip 7000 XP
Rev. 9/19/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. If the prime coat or
intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as recommended
by the underlying coating.
Power mix the Part A, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform
at the following ratio:
1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit
MultiGrip 7000 XP Part A .8 gallon 4 gallon
MultiGrip 7000 XP Part B .2 gallon 1 gallon
Reducer 3 is recommended for application temperatures below 70°F and
Reducer 4 is recommended above 70° and for brush and roller application.
Three hours at 75° and less at higher temperatures.
Material Surface Ambient
Minimum 50°F 35°F 35°
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation, which may dull the finish.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .013”
to .017” tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface
Temperature To Touch To Handle
35°F 12 hrs. 3 days
50°F 8 hrs. 32 hrs.
60°F 4 hrs. 16 hrs.
70°F 2 hrs. 8 hrs.
80°F 1 hrs. 4 hrs.
90°F 1/2 hr. 2 hrs.
MultiGrip 7000 XP is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between
coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the
maximum cure of MultiGrip 7000 XP prior to recoating with itself. However,
the aged coating must be clean and free of chalk and surface contamination.
High pressure washing is an acceptable method to remove chalk and surface
contaminations
Cleanup with Reducer 3 or Reducer 4.
166
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
MultiGrip 7000 XP
Acrylic Siloxane Finish Coating
• High gloss finish
• High Solids
• VOC compliant
• Excellent hardness on warm surfaces
• Rapid and extended recoat windows
• Excellent gloss and color retention
• Excellent wetting and adhesion properties
• Flexible film
• Low temperature cure capabilities
• Rapid handling characteristics
• Good chemical resistance
MultiGrip 7000 XP is used as a finish coat for epoxies and polyurethane
where long term color and gloss retention is desired. Used on structural steel,
steel tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars,
pulp & paper mills, masonry surfaces and others as recommended.
(Typical Properties)
Salt Spray (ASTM B 117) 7200 hours (over ZincGard 1000/EpoxyGrip 2000)
Plane blistering or rusting: none
Accelerated Weathering (ASTM D 4587) 4000 hours
+ 99 % gloss retention; 8000 hours: 83 %; 12,000 hours: 54 %. Weathering (ASTM D 1014, South Florida) 4 years 92% gloss retention
(Typical Properties)
Abrasion resistance (ASTM D 4060)
1 kg load/1000 cycles (ASTM D 4060) weight loss
CS 17 wheel 26 mg
Impact resistance (ASTM D 2794)
Direct impact 120 in-lbs.
Adhesion (ASTM D 3359)
Over EpoxyGrip 2100 primer 5A
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volume solids content of
mixed material 66%+1%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 1059 sq. ft
Volatile Organic Content
Unthinned 2.5 lbs./gal.
303 g/l
Reducer 3 @ 1 pint/gal. 3.0 lbs./gal.
363 g/l
Reducer 4 @ 1 pint/gal. 3.0 lbs./gal.
363 g/l
MultiGrip 7000 XP is resistant to a wide range of chemicals in atmospheric
exposures. MultiGrip 7000 XP is not normally recommended for immersion
service. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Good Excellent
Alkaline Good Excellent
Solvents Good Excellent
Salt water Excellent Excellent
Water Excellent Excellent
Dry film thickness: 3 to 6mils
Wet film thickness: 5 to 8 mils
Coverage: 265 sq. ft. @ 4mils
Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require
additional coats for hiding.
MultiGrip 7000 XP is normally applied to an epoxy or urethane coating.
MultiGrip 7000 XP is recommended over EpoxyGrip 2100 primer,
MasticGrip 2500 and EpoxyGrip 2000.
MultiGrip 7000 XP is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is
normally recoated with itself.
MultiGrip 7000 XP will be available in a state-of-the-art color system
providing accurate quality matches. A color chart of 100 commonly used
colors is provided for your convenience. Custom colors can be computer
matched.
Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal.
Part A .8 gal. 4 gal.
Part B .2 gal. 1 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.)
Package unit 14 lbs. 70 lbs.
Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs.
Reducer 4 9 lbs. 45 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
Part A 82°F
Part B 81°F
Reducer 3 78°F
Reducer 4 108°F
Shelf Life: 2 years for both the Part A and B when stored inside at 40°F to
110°F.
167
MultiGrip 7000 XP
Rev. 9/19/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. If the prime coat or
intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as recommended
by the underlying coating.
Power mix the Part A, then blend Part B into the Part A and mix until uniform
at the following ratio:
1 Gal. Kit 5 Gal. Kit
MultiGrip 7000 XP Part A .8 gallon 4 gallon
MultiGrip 7000 XP Part B .2 gallon 1 gallon
Reducer 3 is recommended for application temperatures below 70°F and
Reducer 4 is recommended above 70° and for brush and roller application.
Three hours at 75° and less at higher temperatures.
Material Surface Ambient
Minimum 50°F 35°F 35°
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation, which may dull the finish.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .013”
to .017” tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface
Temperature To Touch To Handle
35°F 12 hrs. 3 days
50°F 8 hrs. 32 hrs.
60°F 4 hrs. 16 hrs.
70°F 2 hrs. 8 hrs.
80°F 1 hrs. 4 hrs.
90°F 1/2 hr. 2 hrs.
MultiGrip 7000 XP is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between
coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the
maximum cure of MultiGrip 7000 XP prior to recoating with itself. However,
the aged coating must be clean and free of chalk and surface contamination.
High pressure washing is an acceptable method to remove chalk and surface
contaminations
Cleanup with Reducer 3 or Reducer 4.
168
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
MultiGrip 7010
Phenolic Alkyd Primer Coating
• Inhibitive pigmented primer
• Single package
• Fast dry
• VOC compliant
• Extended recoat windows
• Brushable and rollable
• Excellent wetting and adhesion properties
• Flexible film
MultiGrip 7010 is used as a primer for alkyd finishes where a single package,
easy to use product is desired. Ideal product for steel exposed in noncorrosive
atmospheres. Used on structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries,
petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and others as
recommended.
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 51%+1%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 818 sq. ft
Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 3.5 lbs./gal.
424 g/l
Reducer 3 @ 1 pint/gal. 3.9 lbs./gal.
472 g/l
MultiGrip 7010 is resistant to a wide range of mild chemical fumes in
atmospheric exposures. MultiGrip 7010 is not normally recommended for
immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Poor Fair
Alkaline Poor Fair
Solvents Poor Fair
Salt water Good Excellent
Water Good Excellent
Dry film thickness: 2 mils
Wet film thickness: 4 mils
Theoretical Coverage: 409 sq. ft. @ 2 mils
Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require
additional coats for hiding.
MultiGrip 7010 is normally applied directly to the steel surface and does not
require a primer.
MultiGrip 7010 is normally topcoated with an alkyd finish such as MultiGrip
7100 or MultiGrip 7200 and acrylics such as AquaGrip 5300. May be
topcoated with catalyzed coatings such as urethanes and epoxies, while using
caution to control the film thickness as recommended.
MultiGrip 7010 is available in white, gray and red. Custom colors are
available for special orders.
Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.) 14 lbs. 70 lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal.
Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
MultiGrip 7010 45°F
Reducer 3 78°F
Shelf Life: 2 years when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
169
MultiGrip 7010
Rev. 9/19/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. The minimal surface
preparation is Hand Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2 or Power Tool cleaning per
SSPC-SP3.
Power mix until uniform, then thin as required.
Reducer 3 is recommended up to one pint per gallon.
MultiGrip 7010 is a single package product and can be used once the
container is opened and mixed. However, once exposed to the air, a skin can
develop on the surface of the paint.
Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 35°F 35°F
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation, which may dull the finish.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .013”
to .017” tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface
Temperature To Touch To Handle/Recoat 50°F 3 hrs. 8 hrs.
60°F 1 hrs. 3 hrs.
70°F 30 minutes 1.5 hrs.
MultiGrip 7010 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between
coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the
maximum cure of MultiGrip 7010 prior to recoating with itself. However, the
aged coating must be clean and free of chalk and surface contamination. High
pressure washing is an acceptable method to removing chalk and surface
contamination.
Cleanup with Reducer 3.
170
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
MultiGrip 7030
Alkyd T&D Coating
Features • Inhibitive pigmented primer
• Single package
• Flow coatable
• VOC compliant
• Extended recoat windows
• Brushable and rollable
• Excellent wetting and adhesion properties
• Flexible film
MultiGrip 7030 is used as a self-priming alkyd finish where a single package,
easy to use product is desired. MultiGrip 7030 is an ideal product for
electrical substation structural steel, transformers and breakers, electrical
transmission and distribution towers, power plants, petrochemical plants,
refineries, pulp & paper mills and others as recommended.
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 53%+1%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 850 sq. ft
Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 3.1 lbs./gal.
375 g/l
Reducer 3 @ 1 pint/gal. 3.5 lbs./gal.
424 g/l
MultiGrip 7030 is resistant to a wide range of mild chemical fumes in
atmospheric exposures. MultiGrip 7030 is not normally recommended for
immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Spillage Fumes
Acidic Poor Fair
Alkaline Poor Fair
Solvents Poor Fair
Salt water Good Excellent
Water Good Excellent
Dry film thickness: 2 mils
Wet film thickness: 3 to 5 mils
Theoretical Coverage: 425 sq. ft. @ 2 mils
MultiGrip 7030 is normally applied directly to the steel surface and does not
require a primer. However, MultiGrip 7030 can be applied to an alkyd primer
such as MultiGrip 7000.
MultiGrip 7030 may be utilized as a primer/finish in mild environments,
topcoated with itself or topcoated with an alkyd finish such as MultiGrip 7200
or a silicone alkyd finish such as MultiGrip 7100.
MultiGrip 7030 is available in a variety of custom colors.
Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.) 14 lbs. 70 lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal.
Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
MultiGrip 7200 100°F
Reducer 3 78°F
Shelf Life: 2 years when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
171
MultiGrip 7030
Rev. 9/19/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue according to SSPC-SP1. The minimal surface
preparation is Hand Tool cleaning per SSPC-SP 2 or Power Tool cleaning per
SSPC-SP3.
Power mix until uniform, then thin as required.
Reducer 3 is recommended up to one pint per gallon.
MultiGrip 7030 is a single package product and can be used once the
container is opened and mixed. Once exposed to the air, a skin can develop
on the surface of the paint.
Material Surface Ambient
Minimum 50°F 35°F 35°F
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation, which may dull the finish.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .013”
to .017” tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface
Temperature To Touch To Handle/Recoat
50°F 16 hrs. 48 hrs.
60°F 8 hrs. 36 hrs.
70°F 4 hrs. 24 hrs.
80°F 2 hrs. 18 hrs.
90°F 1 hr. 12 hrs.
MultiGrip 7030 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between
coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the
maximum cure of MultiGrip 7030 prior to recoating with itself. Prior to
recoating, the aged coating must be clean and free of chalk and surface
contamination. High pressure washing is an acceptable method to remove
chalk and surface contamination.
Cleanup with Reducer 3.
172
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
MultiGrip 7100
Silicone Alkyd Finish Coating
• High gloss finish
• Meets Mil Spec PFR-24635
• Outstanding Color & Gloss Retention
• Single package
• Available in colors
• VOC compliant
• Extended recoat windows
• Excellent wetting and adhesion properties
• Flexible film
MultiGrip 7100 is used as a finish coat for alkyd primers where a single
package, easy to use, color and gloss retentive product is desired. Ideal
product for color coding handrails and piping. Used on structural steel, steel
tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, transformers,
railcars, pulp & paper mills, and others as recommended.
Weathering (ASTM D 1014 South Florida)
3 months 95%+ gloss retention
Weathering (ASTM D 4587 QUV A)
3000 hours 57% gloss retention
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volume solids content of
mixed material 60%+1%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 962 sq. ft
Volatile Organic Content
Unthinned 2.8 lbs./gal.
339 g/l
Reducer 3 @ 1 pint/gal. 3.3 lbs./gal.
399 g/l
Reducer 4 @ 1 pint/gal. 3.3 lbs./gal.
399 g/l
MultiGrip 7100 is resistant to a wide range of mild chemical fumes in
atmospheric exposures. MultiGrip 7100 is not normally recommended for
immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Poor Fair
Alkaline Poor Fair
Solvents Poor Fair
Salt water Good Excellent
Water Good Excellent
Dry film thickness: 2 mils
Wet film thickness: 3 to 4 mils
Theoretical Coverage: 481 sq. ft. @ 2 mils
Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require
additional coats for hiding.
MultiGrip 7100 is normally applied to an alkyd coating. MultiGrip 7100 is
recommended over MultiGrip 7000 primer.
MultiGrip 7100 is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is
normally recoated with itself.
MultiGrip 7100 is available in a variety of custom colors.
Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.) 14 lbs. 70 lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal.
Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs.
Reducer 4 9 lbs. 45 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
MultiGrip 7100 102°F
Reducer 3 78°F
Reducer 4 108°F
Shelf Life: 2 years when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
173
MultiGrip 7100
Rev. 9/19/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue in accordance with SSPC-SP1. If the prime
coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as
recommended by the underlying coating’s surface preparation procedures.
Power mix until uniform, then thin as required.
Reducer 3 is recommended up to one pint per gallon for applications below
70°F and Reducer 4 is recommended up to one pint per gallon for applications
above 70°F.
MultiGrip 7100 is a single package product and can be used once the
container is opened and mixed. However, once exposed to the air, a skin can
develop on the surface of the paint.
Material Surface Ambient
Minimum 50°F 35°F 35°
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation, which may dull the finish.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .013”
to .017” tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface
Temperature To Touch To Handle/Recoat
50°F 16 hrs. 48 hrs.
60°F 8 hrs. 36 hrs.
70°F 4 hrs. 24 hrs.
80°F 2 hrs. 18 hrs.
90°F 1 hr. 12 hrs.
MultiGrip 7100 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between
coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the
maximum cure of MultiGrip 7100 prior to recoating with itself. However, the
aged coating must be clean and free of chalk and surface contamination. High
pressure washing is an acceptable method to remove chalk and surface
contamination.
Cleanup with Reducer 3.
174
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
MultiGrip 7200
Alkyd Finish Coating
• High gloss finish
• Single package
• Available in colors
• VOC compliant
• Extended recoat windows
• Excellent gloss
• Excellent wetting and adhesion properties
• Flexible film
MultiGrip 7200 is used as a finish coat for alkyd primers where a single
package, easy to use product is desired. Ideal product for color coding
handrails and piping. Used on structural steel, steel tanks, barges, refineries,
petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and others as
recommended.
Temperature resistance (non-immersion)
Continuous 250°F
Non-continuous 300°F
Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 45%+1%
Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 722 sq. ft
Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 3.49 lbs./gal.
422 g/l
Reducer 3 @ 1 pint/gal. 3.9 lbs./gal.
472 g/l
MultiGrip 7200 is resistant to a wide range of mild chemical fumes in
atmospheric exposures. MultiGrip 7200 is not normally recommended for
immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection.
Splash &
Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Poor Fair
Alkaline Poor Fair
Solvents Poor Fair
Salt water Good Excellent
Water Good Excellent
Dry film thickness: 2 mils
Wet film thickness: 4 to 5 mils
Theoretical Coverage: 361 sq. ft. @ 2 mils
Note: One coat is normally required; however, certain colors may require
additional coats for hiding.
MultiGrip 7200 is normally applied to an alkyd coating. MultiGrip 7200 is
recommended over MultiGrip 7000 primer.
MultiGrip 7200 is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is
normally recoated with itself.
MultiGrip 7200 is available in a variety of custom colors.
Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal.
Shipping weight (approx.) 14 lbs. 70 lbs.
1 gal. 5 gal.
Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs.
Flash Point: (Setaflash)
MultiGrip 7200 103°F
Reducer 3 78°F
Shelf Life: 2 years when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
175
MultiGrip 7200
Rev. 9/19/16
CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product.
CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and
installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking
tools and wear non-sparking shoes.
HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators.
WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products
sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without
liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com St. Louis, MO
Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner,
which does not leave a residue in accordance with SSPC-SP1. If the prime
coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as
recommended by the underlying coating’s surface preparation procedures.
Power mix until uniform, then thin as required.
Reducer 3 is recommended up to one pint per gallon. If an applied VOC of
3.5 lbs/gal is required, an exempt reducer is available.
MultiGrip 7200 is a single package product and can be used once the
container is opened and mixed. However, once exposed to the air, a skin can
develop on the surface of the paint.
Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 35°F 35°
Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F
Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these
temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent
condensation, which may dull the finish.
Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and
Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum
material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended.
Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .013”
to .017” tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended.
Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers.
Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant
fibers and core.
The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air
ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying
times.
Surface
Temperature To Touch To Handle/Recoat
50°F 16 hrs. 48 hrs.
60°F 8 hrs. 36 hrs.
70°F 4 hrs. 24 hrs.
80°F 2 hrs. 18 hrs.
90°F 1 hr. 12 hrs.
MultiGrip 7200 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between
coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the
maximum cure of MultiGrip 7200 prior to recoating with itself. However, the
aged coating must be clean and free of chalk and surface contamination. High
pressure washing is an acceptable method to remove chalk and surface
contamination.
Cleanup with Reducer 3.
176
Page 1 of 2
COATING SOLUTIONS FORMULATED TO MATCH YOUR NEEDS
MultiGrip 7300
Lacquer Finish Coating
Features High gloss finish Single package Fast dry Excellent wetting and adhesion properties Flexible film No primer required
Typical Uses MultiGrip 7300 is a single package, easy to use product which dries rapidly. Ideal product for safety striping. Used on steel and concrete for tanks, barges, refineries, petrochemical plants, power plants, railcars, pulp & paper mills, and others as recommended.
Physical Data Temperature resistance (non-immersion) Continuous 250°F Non-continuous 300°F Theoretical volume solids content of mixed material 47%+1% Theoretical coverage of mixed gallon (1 mil) 754 sq. ft Volatile Organic Content Unthinned 3.75 lbs./gal. Reducer 3 @ 1 pint/gal. 4.5 lbs./gal.
Resistance MultiGrip 7300 is resistant to a wide range of mild chemical fumes in atmospheric exposures. MultiGrip 7300 is not normally recommended for immersion service. The following is a guide to the proper selection. Splash & Exposure Spillage Fumes Acidic Poor Fair Alkaline Poor Fair Solvents Poor Fair Salt water Good Excellent Water Good Excellent
Film Thickness (per coat) Dry film thickness: 2 mils Wet film thickness: 4 to 5 mils Theoretical Coverage: 377 sq. ft. @ 2 mils Note: One coat is normally required, however, certain colors may require additional coats for hiding.
Primer MultiGrip 7300 is normally applied directly to steel and concrete. MultiGrip 7300 may also be used over MultiGrip 7010 primer.
Topcoats MultiGrip 7300 is not normally topcoated with another coating, as it is normally recoated with itself.
Colors MultiGrip 7300 is available in white and light blue. Custom colors are available for special orders.
Shipping Data Packaging unit 1 gal. 5 gal. Shipping weight (approx.) 12 lbs. 60 lbs.
1gal. 5gal. Reducer 3 9 lbs. 45 lbs. Flash Point: (Setaflash) MultiGrip 7200 81°F Reducer 3 78°F Shelf Life: 2 years when stored inside at 40°F to 110°F.
177
MultiGrip 7300
Rev. 1/31/14 CAUTION: Read and follow all caution statements on this product data sheet and on the Material Safety Data Sheet for this product. CONTAINS FLAMMABLE SOLVENTS. Vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate. Extinguish all flames and prevent all sparks. All electrical equipment and installations should be made and grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where explosion hazards exist workers are required to use non-sparking tools and wear non-sparking shoes. HEALTH: In confined spaces workers must wear fresh airline respirators. WARRANTY: Any recommendation of U.S. Coatings contained herein, covering use, utilization, chemical or physical properties and other qualities of the products sold is believed reliable; however U.S. Coatings makes no warranty or representation with respect thereto. Use or application is at the discretion of the Buyer without liability or obligation whatsoever of U.S. Coatings.
Page 2 of 2
2303 Weldon Parkway, St. Louis, MO 63146 phone 314-205-1500; fax 314-205-1519 www.uscoatings.com
Surface Preparation Remove oil and grease from the surface with solvent or a commercial cleaner, which does not leave a residue in accordance with SSPC-SP1. If the prime coat or intermediate coat exceeds the cure time, prepare the surface as recommended by the underlying coating’s surface preparation procedures.
Mixing Power mix until uniform, then thin as required.
Thinning Thinning is not normally required. Reducer 3 may be used up to one pint per gallon.
Pot Life MultiGrip 7300 is a single package product and can be used once the container is opened and mixed. However, once exposed to the air, a skin can develop on the surface of the paint.
Applications Conditions Material Surface Ambient Minimum 50°F 35°F 35° Maximum 90°F 110°F 110°F Special thinning and application procedures are required outside these temperatures. Surface temperatures should be 5°F above dew point to prevent condensation, which may dull the finish.
Application Equipment Conventional Spray: Industrial sprayers such as DeVilbiss MBC or JGA and Binks 18 or 62 having double regulated pressure pot, 3/8’ I.D. minimum material hose and a .070” I.D. fluid tip and air cap are recommended. Airless Spray: Sprayer such as Graco’s Bulldog with a 30:1 ratio and a .013” to .017” tip is recommended. A 60 mesh inline filter is recommended. Power Mixer: Use only explosion proof power mixers. Brush or Roller: Use medium brush and short nap roller with solvent resistant fibers and core.
Drying Time The following minimum times are based on a 2 mil DFT and adequate air ventilation. Higher thickness and reduced air circulation increase drying times. Surface Temperature To Touch To Handle/Recoat 50°F 2 hrs. 4 hrs. 60°F 1 hr. 2 hrs. 70°F 30 minutes 1 hr. 80°F 20 minutes 45 minutes 90°F 10 minutes 30 minutes
Maximum Recoat MultiGrip 7300 is formulated to provide maximum bond strength between coats after weathering. Consequently, there is no time limitation regarding the maximum cure of MultiGrip 7300 prior to recoating with itself. However, the aged coating must be clean and free of chalk.
Cleanup Cleanup with Reducer 3.
178